WO2019082839A1 - Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Info

Publication number
WO2019082839A1
WO2019082839A1 PCT/JP2018/039168 JP2018039168W WO2019082839A1 WO 2019082839 A1 WO2019082839 A1 WO 2019082839A1 JP 2018039168 W JP2018039168 W JP 2018039168W WO 2019082839 A1 WO2019082839 A1 WO 2019082839A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mass
group
less
liquid crystal
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/039168
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
池田 富樹
琴姫 張
藤沢 宣
長谷部 浩史
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
学校法人中央大学
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社, 学校法人中央大学 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to JP2019551114A priority Critical patent/JP7092311B2/en
Publication of WO2019082839A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019082839A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/16Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. stilbenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/24Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing nitrogen-to-nitrogen bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device.
  • liquid crystal materials called nematic liquid crystals are generally used in liquid crystal display elements of flat panel displays such as televisions, mobile phones, smart phones, tablets and the like. Such liquid crystal materials are required to have various characteristics such as low drive voltage, high transmittance, and high speed response.
  • Patent Document 1 is excellent in high transmittance and high-speed response by suppressing the increase in driving voltage, suppressing the decrease in birefringence, and improving the transmittance while improving the falling time of the liquid crystal. Discloses a liquid crystal display device.
  • the problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display element having high transmittance, and a liquid crystal composition used for the liquid crystal display element.
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups described above
  • Two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -are each independently substituted by -CH CH-, -C ⁇ C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- May be
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41 and A N42 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.)
  • X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group.
  • a liquid crystal display device comprising: two substrates; and a liquid crystal layer containing the liquid crystal composition according to any one of [1] to [8], provided between the two substrates.
  • Liquid crystal display element for TN mode, STN mode, ECB mode, VA mode, IPS mode or FFS mode.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable compound and a nonpolymerizable liquid crystal compound, and in another embodiment, the polymerizable compound, the nonpolymerizable liquid crystal compound, and the polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is a composition polymerizable by light containing the first absorption wavelength ⁇ 1. More specifically, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition absorbs light of at least wavelength ⁇ 1, whereby the polymerizable compound is polymerized.
  • the component which absorbs the light of wavelength ⁇ 1 in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may be a polymerizable compound or a polymerization initiator.
  • the first absorption wavelength ⁇ 1 is defined as a wavelength at which the absorbance reaches a maximum value at the absorption peak obtained when the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum (wavelength 300 to 780 nm) of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is measured. When two or more absorption peaks are obtained, the absorption peak in the longest wavelength range is adopted.
  • the first absorption wavelength ⁇ 1 substantially matches, for example, a wavelength at which the absorbance of the polymerizable compound has a maximum value or a wavelength at which the absorbance of the polymerization initiator has a maximum value.
  • the first absorption wavelength ⁇ 1 may be, for example, 310 nm or more, 330 nm or more, or 350 nm or more, and may be 380 nm or less, 375 nm or less, or 370 nm or less.
  • a polymerizable liquid crystal composition has, as a polymerizable compound, a polymerizable group and a double bond separately from the polymerizable group, and a polymerizable compound capable of taking a cis-trans isomer with respect to the double bond.
  • This polymerizable compound causes cis-trans isomerization by absorbing light containing a second absorption wavelength ⁇ 2 different from the first absorption wavelength ⁇ 1.
  • Such a polymerizable compound is also referred to as a polymerizable photoalignable functional compound.
  • this polymerizable compound is also referred to as "polymerizable compound (A)".
  • the second absorption wavelength ⁇ 2 is defined as a wavelength at which the absorbance has a maximum value in the absorption peak obtained when the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum of the polymerizable compound (A) is measured. When two or more absorption peaks are obtained, the absorption peak in the longest wavelength range is adopted.
  • the second absorption wavelength ⁇ 2 may be, for example, 380 nm or more, 400 nm or more, 410 nm or more, or 420 nm or more, and may be 470 nm or less, 460 nm or less, or 450 nm or less.
  • the second absorption wavelength ⁇ 2 is 20 nm or more longer than the first absorption wavelength ⁇ 1, and preferably 30 nm or more, 40 nm or more, or 50 nm or more longer than the first absorption wavelength ⁇ 1.
  • the polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound (A) may be, for example, a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the double bond may be, for example, a carbon-carbon double bond, a carbon-nitrogen double bond or a nitrogen-nitrogen double bond.
  • the polymerizable compound (A) is, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (M-1).
  • Ring A and ring B each independently represent 1,4-cyclohexyl group or 1,4-phenylene group, and a hydrogen atom present in these groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group And may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
  • X 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 11 is a single bond
  • Represents n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2
  • n 11 + n 12 is an integer of 0 to 2
  • Z 11 and Z 13 are each independently -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -
  • Ring A and ring B are each independently preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • X 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Sp 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • n 11 and n 12 are each independently preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • n11 + n12 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • Z 11 and Z 13 are each independently preferably -COO-, -OCO-, or a single bond.
  • Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • at least one of Y 11, Y 12, Y 13 and Y 14 is a fluorine atom, more preferably at least two Y 11, Y 12, Y 13 and Y 14 is a fluorine atom, Y 11 and More preferably, one of Y 12 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom, and one of Y 13 and Y 14 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom.
  • R 11 is preferably a group represented by formula (M-1-1).
  • X 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom
  • Sp 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, More preferably, it is an alkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the polymerizable compound (A) to the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 0.01% by mass or more, 0.02% by mass or more, and 0.03% by mass or more It is.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content of the polymerizable compound (A) to the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 0.5% by mass or less, 0.3% by mass or less, and 0.2% by mass or less And 0.1 mass% or less.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may further contain a polymerizable compound other than the polymerizable compound (A) as the polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound may be, for example, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (P).
  • Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, or a carbon atom in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom
  • Represents a group or -Sp p2 -R p2 , R p1 and R p2 are each independently from the following formula (RI) to the formula (R-IX):
  • each of R 2 to R 6 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of
  • M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Diyl group is represented, but M p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbon atom And may be substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group of a number of 1
  • M p1 has the following formulas (i-11) to (ix-11): (Wherein * binds to Sp p1 and ** binds to L p1 or L p2 ), M p3 has the following formulas (i-13) to (ix-13): ( Wherein , * binds to Z p1 and ** binds to L p 2 ), m p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, but when there are a plurality of Z p1 , May be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R p1 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R p2 , they may be the same They may be different, and when there are a plurality of Sp p1 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Sp p2 , they may be the same or different, When a plurality of L
  • Z p1 is preferably -Sp 2 -R p 2 and R 11 and R 12 are each independently any of the formulas (R-1) to (R-3) Is preferred.
  • m p1 + m p5 be 2 or more.
  • R p1 and R p2 are each independently represented by the following formula (R-1) to the formula (R-15): Is more preferable.
  • m p3 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when m p2 is 1, L p1 is a single bond, and when m p2 is 2 or 3, a plurality of L p1 is present Preferably, at least one is a single bond.
  • m p3 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when m p3 is 1, M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, and when m p3 is 2 or 3, a plurality of them exist M p2 adjacent to M p1 through at least L p1 of M p2 which is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • m p3 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and at least one of M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group substituted with one or more fluorines. Is preferred.
  • m p4 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and at least one of M p3 is a 1,4-phenylene group substituted with one or more fluorines. Is preferred.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound of the general formula (P) comprises compounds represented by the general formula (Pa), the general formula (Pb), the general formula (Pc) and the general formula (Pd) Preferably at least one compound selected from the group.
  • R p1 and R p2 each independently represent the following formula (R-I) to the formula (R-IX):
  • each of R 2 to R 6 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms 1 to 5 halogenated alkyl groups
  • W is a single bond, -O- or methylene group
  • T is a single bond or -COO-
  • p, t and q are each independently 0, Represents one or two,
  • Ring A and ring B are each independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, anthracene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, pyridine-2,5- Diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, indan-2,5-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1, Represents a 3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, which is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbon atoms It is preferable that it is substituted by a group, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a
  • Ring C has the following formulas (c-i) to (c-ix): (Wherein, * binds to Sp p1 and ** binds to L p5 or L p6 ),
  • Sp p1 and Sp p4 represent a spacer group
  • X p1 to X p4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom
  • m p12 and m p15 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, and m p13 preferably represents 0, 1, 2 or 3.
  • R p1 When a plurality of R p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of R p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and a plurality of R p2 are present case may they have the same or different and they when Sp p1 there are a plurality may be the same or different and the same they if Sp p4 there are multiple And when there are a plurality of L p4 and L p5 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of rings A to C, they may be the same. Or may be different.
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by Formula (Pb) include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the following Formula (Pb-1) to Formula (Pb-34).
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Pc) include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the following formulas (Pc-1) to (Pc-52).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (Pd) is preferably a compound represented by the following General Formula (Pd '). (In the compound represented by the above general formula (Pd ′), it is more preferable that m p10 represents 2 or 3. The other symbols are the same as the above general formula (pd), and thus are omitted.)
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by Formula (Pd) include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the following Formula (Pd-1) to Formula (Pd-31).
  • alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably a linear alkyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and R 1 and R 2 are independently each a C 1 -C Eight alkyl groups are preferable, and alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferable.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms examples include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, 3-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group And pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl and pentadecyl groups.
  • the example of an alkyl group is common and is suitably selected from the said illustration by the number of carbon atoms of each alkyl group.
  • alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferably present at a position where at least one oxygen atom in the substituent is directly bonded to the ring structure, and a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group (N-propoxy group, i-propoxy group), butoxy group, pentyloxy group, octyloxy group, and decyloxy group are more preferable.
  • the example of an alkoxy group is common and is suitably selected from the said illustration by the number of carbon atoms of each alkoxy group.
  • alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms examples include vinyl group, allyl group, 1-propenyl group, isopropenyl group, 2-butenyl group, 3-butenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, 2- Examples include pentenyl group, 3-pentenyl group, 2-hexenyl group and the like.
  • alkenyl groups the following formula (i) (vinyl group), formula (ii) (1-propenyl group), formula (iii) (3-butenyl group) and formula (iv) (3-) Pentenyl group): (In the above formulas (i) to (iv), * represents a binding site to a ring structure.)
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable monomer
  • the structures represented by the formulas (ii) and (iv) are preferable, and the structure represented by the formula (ii) is more preferable. preferable.
  • the example of an alkenyl group is common and is suitably selected from the said illustration by the number of carbon atoms of each alkenyl group.
  • a polymerizable compound it has a monofunctional reactive group preferable for enhancing the solubility with a low molecular liquid crystal to suppress crystallization, and the following general formula (VI):
  • X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 3 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein t is 2 to Represents an integer of 11 and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to an aromatic ring)
  • V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms
  • the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent, although an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group is an oxygen atom) In the range not adjacent to each other, it may
  • X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, but a hydrogen atom is preferable when the reaction rate is important, and a methyl group is important when the reduction of the reaction residual amount is important. preferable.
  • Sp 3 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein t represents an integer of 2 to 11 and an oxygen atom Represents an aromatic ring), but since the length of the carbon chain affects the Tg, it is preferably not so long when the content of the polymerizable compound is less than 10% by weight, A single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and when the content of the polymerizable compound is less than 6% by weight, a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • an alkylene group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Sp 3 represents -O- (CH 2 ) t-
  • t is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • a plurality of polymerizable compounds having different numbers of carbon atoms of Sp 3 may be mixed and used as needed to obtain a desired pretilt angle Is preferred.
  • V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group May be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and the alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent Or cyclic substituent, and preferably substituted by two or more cyclic substituents.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (VI) is represented by the general formula (X1a):
  • a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (one or more methylene groups in the alkylene group each independently represent an oxygen atom, as the oxygen atom is not directly bonded to each other) It may be substituted by -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group May be represented by
  • Each A 3 and A 6 are independently a hydrogen atom, one, or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group (the alkyl group of a halogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 to 10, the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other And each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom,
  • a 4 and A 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (in which one or more methylene groups in the alkyl group, oxygen atoms do not bond directly to each other) And each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen Optionally substituted with an alkyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, p represents 0 to 10, B 1 , B 2 and B 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are And oxygen atoms which may not be directly bonded to each other may be each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more in the alkyl group
  • the compound represented by Formula (II-b) is preferable as the above Formula (X1a).
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (II-b) are compounds represented by the following formulas (II-q) to (II-z) and (II-aa) to (II-al) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (VI), the general formula (XaI) and the general formula (II-b) may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • Exemplary compounds include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
  • E represents an integer of 1 to 12
  • f represents an integer of 0 to 12
  • R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • a compound represented by the general formula (X1c) (Wherein, R 70 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 71 represents a hydrocarbon group having a condensed ring).
  • Exemplary compounds include, but are not limited to, the following compounds. (R represents an integer of 1 to 12, s represents an integer of 0 to 14, and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group)
  • a polymerizable compound it has a polyfunctional reactive group which is preferable for enhancing the solubility with a low molecular liquid crystal to suppress crystallization, and represented by the following general formula (V) (Wherein, X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s- (wherein, s represents an integer of 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), and U represents a linear or branched multi chain having 2 to 20 carbon atoms And an alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and has 5 carbon atoms.
  • V general formula (V) (Wherein, X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a
  • ⁇ 20 alkyl group (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom as long as the oxygen atom is not adjacent) or may be substituted by a cyclic substituent, and k is an integer of 1 to 5 All 1,4-phenylenes in the formula Groups, any hydrogen atom is -CH 3, -OCH 3, fluorine atom, or a cyano group may be substituted in.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by) is preferably used.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, but when importance is placed on the reaction rate, a hydrogen atom is preferable, and it is emphasized to reduce the residual amount of reaction If it is a methyl group is preferred.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s- (wherein s is 2 to 11) And the oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), but the pretilt angle in the liquid crystal display element is the number of carbon atoms, the content with the liquid crystal, and the type of alignment film to be used and the alignment treatment conditions Affected by It is preferable to use one that spontaneously induces a pretilt angle depending on the molecular structure of the polymerizable compound on the alignment film surface.
  • the pretilt angle is about 5 degrees
  • the carbon chain is not very long, a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a single bond Or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a polymerizable compound having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 8 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 also represent -O- (CH 2 ) s- because they affect the pretilt angle, it is preferable to adjust the lengths of Sp 1 and Sp 2 as needed.
  • s is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • s is preferably 6 to 10.
  • at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is preferably a single bond because it causes asymmetry of the molecule to induce pretilt.
  • compounds in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 in the general formula (V) are identical are also preferable, and it is preferable to use two or more compounds in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 are identical. In this case, it is more preferable to use two or more species in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 are different from each other.
  • U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group May be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and the alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent ), which may be substituted by a cyclic substituent, and preferably substituted by two or more cyclic substituents.
  • U specifically represents formulas (Va-1) to (Va-23) below.
  • biphenyl or the like having high linearity is preferable, and it is preferable to represent Formula (Va-1) to Formula (Va-6).
  • the structures representing Formula (Va-6) to Formula (Va-11) are preferable in that they have high solubility with liquid crystals, and may be used in combination with Formula (Va-1) to Formula (Va-6) preferable.
  • C ⁇ C- or all of the 1,4-phenylene group represents in formula single bond And any hydrogen atom is -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom or a cyano group Also, one or more CH 2 CH 2 groups in the cyclohexylene group may be substituted by —CHCHCH—, —CF 2 O— or —OCF 2 — Also good.
  • At least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 1 to 7 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring) It is preferable that both of them represent -O- (CH 2 ) s- .
  • k represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably a bifunctional compound in which k is 1 or a trifunctional compound in which k is 2 and more preferably a bifunctional compound.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (V) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Vb).
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s- (wherein, s represents an integer of 1 to 7, and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to an aromatic ring)
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, each of which represents a hydrogen atom, or a dimethacrylate derivative having a methyl group.
  • Compounds in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group are also preferred.
  • the polymerization rate of these compounds the diacrylate derivative is the fastest, the dimethacrylate derivative is the slow, and the asymmetrical compound is the middle thereof, and a more preferable embodiment can be used depending on its use.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s-, but at least one of them is -O - (CH 2) is preferably s-, both -O- (CH 2) aspects representing the s- is more preferable. In this case, s is preferably 1 to 6.
  • C represents a 1,4-phenylene group in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond; -A phenylene group or a single bond is preferred.
  • Z 1 is also preferably a linking group other than a single bond, and when C is a single bond, Z 1 is preferably a single bond.
  • C represents a single bond, and the case where a ring structure is formed by two rings is preferable, and as a polymeric compound which has ring structure, specifically, the following general formula Compounds represented by (V-1) to (V-6) are preferable, and compounds represented by general formulas (V-1) to (V-4) are particularly preferable, and the compound represented by general formula (V-2) is used. Compounds are most preferred.
  • the compound represented by the following general formula (Vc) is preferable at the point which raises reaction rate, Moreover, a pretilt angle is thermally stabilized. It is preferable because it Furthermore, the number of carbon atoms of Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 can be adjusted as needed to obtain a desired pretilt angle. The relationship between the pretilt and the number of carbon atoms shows the same tendency as in the case of two functional groups. (Wherein, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each independently represent a single bond or 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound The polymerizable liquid crystal composition has a general formula (L) as a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound: And a compound represented by
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (L) correspond to dielectric substantially neutral compounds (the value of ⁇ is ⁇ 2 to 2).
  • the compounds represented by formula (L) may be used alone or in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the desired performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type in one embodiment. Or in another embodiment, there are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, eight types, nine types, ten types or more. is there.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more , 30 mass% or more, 40 mass% or more, 50 mass% or more, 55 mass% or more, 60 mass% or more, 65 mass% or more, 70 mass% or more, It is 75 mass% or more, and is 80 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less and 25 mass% or less.
  • the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Furthermore, it is preferable to keep the Tni of the composition of the present embodiment high, and in the case where a composition having good temperature stability is required, the lower limit mentioned above is high and the upper limit is high. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be low and the upper limit value be low.
  • both R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is given to reducing the volatility of the compound, alkoxy groups are preferable, and viscosity reduction is important When doing, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • the number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and is preferably 0 or 1. When importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules, 1 is preferred.
  • R L1 and R L2 are, when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms Alkoxy groups and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and in the case where the ring structure to which they are attached is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • An alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from the group represented by any of Formulas (R1) to (R5) (in the respective formulas, a black dot represents a bond).
  • n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferable to improve the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferable to balance them. Moreover, in order to satisfy the characteristics required as a composition, it is preferable to combine compounds of different values.
  • a L 1 , A L 2 and A L 3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic to improve the response speed, and each of them is independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group , 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 It preferably represents a -diyl group or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, which has the following structure: Is more preferably represented, and more preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a
  • Z L1 and Z L2 be a single bond when the response speed is important.
  • the compound represented by formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atoms in the molecule.
  • the compound represented by formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-1) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
  • R L11 and R L12 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. %, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, 40% by mass It is above, 45 mass% or more, 50 mass% or more, and 55 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, and 80% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 70% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass Or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less.
  • the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present embodiment needs to keep Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is medium and the upper limit value is medium. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-1). (Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by Formula (L-1-1.1) to Formula (L-1-1.3) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.2) or the formula (L-1-1.3), in particular It is preferable that it is a compound.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, and 2% by mass or more. It is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-2). (Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. %, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above and is 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, and 30% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.1) to Formula (L-1-2.4)
  • the compound is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-1-2.2) to Formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • Tni higher than the response speed it is preferable to use a compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) or formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the content of the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.3) and Formula (L-1-2.4) be 30% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperature .
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 10% by mass or more, and 15% by mass or more. 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 It is mass% or more, 38 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass It is below and is 22 mass% or less.
  • Preferred content of the total of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment The lower limit is 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more And 40% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass It is below and is 22 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3). (Wherein, L L13 and R L14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
  • R L13 and R L14 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass %, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 37% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass Or less, 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1) to Formula (L-1-3.13)
  • the compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined.
  • the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-) are used. It is preferable to use the compound represented by 1-3.12).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-1-3.1) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, and 2% by mass or more. 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 It is mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
  • R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L15 and R L16 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, and 17% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, and 17% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) can be represented by formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-4.3) and The compound is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by L-1-5.1) to the formula (L-1-5.3), and the compound of the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L- The compound represented by 1-5.2) is preferred.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, and 2% by mass or more. 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 It is mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the total content of these compounds is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • Mass% or more 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% % Or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, and 35% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 80% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, and 50% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 40% by mass or less, 37% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass Or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-6). (In the formula, R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.)
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. %, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above and is 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, and 30% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-6.1) to Formula (L-1-6.3) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-2) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
  • R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-2.1) to Formula (L-2.6), Compounds represented by (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-3) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
  • R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-3.1) to Formula (L-3.7), Compounds represented by (L-3.2) to (L-3.7) are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-4) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
  • R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the content of the compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 23% by mass or more And 26 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less It is 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3), for example.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) can be represented by the formula (L-4.1) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.2), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) Or all of the compounds represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) or Formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more. 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 It is mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of is 15 mass% or more, 19 mass% or more, 24 mass% or more, and 30 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) to Formula (L-4.6), for example. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) may be represented by the formula (L-4.4) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.5), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) It may be
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) or Formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more. 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 It is mass% or more.
  • a preferable upper limit is 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% Or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
  • both the compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by Formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of is 15 mass% or more, 19 mass% or more, 24 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, and the preferable upper limit value is 45 mass% or less, 40 % By mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass % Or less and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.7) to Formula (L-4.10), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-4.
  • the compound represented by 9) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
  • R L51 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L52 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or a carbon atom of the carbon atoms 4-5 of 1-5 carbon atoms
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the content of the compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 23% by mass or more And 26 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less It is 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.1) or Formula (L-5.2), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-5. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 1).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.3) or Formula (L-5.4).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-5.5) to Formula (L-5.7), and in particular It is preferable that it is a compound represented by L-5.7).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-6) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )
  • R L61 and R L62 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 23% by mass or more And 26 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less It is 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
  • emphasis is placed on increasing ⁇ n, it is preferable to increase the content, and when emphasis is put on precipitation at low temperature, it is preferable to reduce the content.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.1) to Formula (L-6.9).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.10) to Formula (L-6.17), for example.
  • the compound represented by L-6.11) is preferred.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-7) are the following compounds.
  • R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L)
  • a L71 and A L72 are each independently A L2 and A L2 in the general formula (L)
  • a hydrogen having the same meaning as A L3 is represented, but each of hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be independently substituted by a fluorine atom
  • Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L)
  • X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L71 and R L72 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably,
  • a L71 and A L72 each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferably a hydrogen atom on a L71 and a L72 may be substituted by fluorine atoms independently,
  • Z L71 is a single A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and
  • X L71 and X L72 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • the types of compounds that can be combined are, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types in one embodiment.
  • the content of the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-7) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.1) to Formula (L-7.4), and Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.11) to Formula (L-7.13), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21) to Formula (L-7.23). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) to Formula (L-7. 34), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) and / or a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 32) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.41) to Formula (L-7.44), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 41) and / or a compound represented by formula (L-7. 42) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.51) to Formula (L-7.53).
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is represented by the following formula (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) or (N-4) as a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound: And a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups described above
  • Two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -are each independently substituted by -CH CH-, -C ⁇ C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- May be
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41 and A N42 are each independently (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.)
  • (B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH
  • the compounds represented by any of the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4) are compounds in which the ⁇ is negative and the absolute value is larger than 3 Is preferred.
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 Each independently preferably represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms;
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 5 atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is further preferable, and alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group) is more preferable Especially preferred .
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and carbon Alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain Preferred is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from the group represented by any of Formulas (R1) to (R5) (in the respective formulas, a black dot represents a bond).
  • a N11, A N12, A N21 , A N22, A N31, A N32, A N41 and A N42 is sought it is possible to increase the ⁇ n each independently is an aromatic, a response speed
  • aliphatic is preferable, and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3-fluoro-1,4- Phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2]
  • Octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6 Preferably represents a diyl group, which has the following structure
  • Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31, Z N32, Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently, -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF preferably it represents or a single bond, -CH 2 O - - 2 CF 2, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, n N11 is 2 and n N12 is n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 , n N31 + n N32 and n N41 + n N42
  • a combination of 0, n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1 combination
  • n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1 combination
  • n N21 is 1 and n N22 is
  • n N21 is A combination of 2 and n N22 is 0, a combination of n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, a combination of n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0, n N41 is 1 and n N42 is 0
  • Preferred is a combination in which n N41 is 2 and n N42 is 0.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-4) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
  • the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. Furthermore, it is preferable to keep the Tni of the composition of the present embodiment high, and when the composition having a good temperature stability is required, the lower limit described above is low and the upper limit is low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be high and the upper limit value be high.
  • Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following General Formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
  • R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1)
  • n Na11 represents 0 or 1
  • n NB11 represents 0 or 1
  • n NC11 is represents 0 or 1
  • n Nd11 represents 0 or 1
  • n NE11 is 1 or 2
  • n Nf11 is 1 or 2
  • n NG11 is 1 or 2
  • a NE11 is trans-1
  • a Ng 11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one of Represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group
  • Z Ne11 represents a single bond or ethylene, but at least one represents ethylene).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) are the following compounds. (wherein , R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N 111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group.
  • RN 112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group or butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% %, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above, is 33 mass% or more, and is 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less It is.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-1.1) to Formula (N-1-1.22) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) and (N The compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1.1.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used.
  • the lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of these is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, and 17% by mass More than, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more It is.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less It is.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-2) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in general formula (N).)
  • RN 121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
  • R N 122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass %, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% It is above, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, 37 mass% or more, 40 mass% or more, 42 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 48% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, and 43% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less 6% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula Preferred are the compounds represented by (N-1-2.13) and the formula (N-1-2.20), and in the case of emphasizing the improvement of .DELTA..epsilon.
  • N-1-2.7 is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and in the case of focusing on the improvement of the response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by Formula (N-1-2.1) to Formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of substances is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass % Or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, 35% by mass It is above.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less It is.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-3) are the following compounds. (wherein , R N 131 and R N 132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in general formula (N).)
  • R N 131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and 1-propenyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group or butoxy group is preferable .
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3-21) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and formula (N-1-3.21) are preferable.
  • -1-3.1), the formula (N-1-3.2), the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3.6) The compounds represented by) are preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formulas (N-1-3.6) and the formulas (N-1 3.21) can be used alone. Although it is possible to use in combination or in combination, a combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), a formula (N-1-3.3) Or a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of one or more of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, and 15% by mass or more And 17% by mass or more and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • each of R N 141 and R N 142 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Preferred is a group or butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass % Or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass It is below.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1 -4.1) to Formula (N-1 -4.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1 -4.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) and (N Preferred are the compounds represented by -1-4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4).
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used.
  • the lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of these is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass It is the above, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, and 20 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass It is below.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) are the following compounds. (wherein , R N 151 and R N 152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).)
  • R N151 and R N152 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, and 10% by mass % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, and 28% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-5.1) to Formula (N-1-5.6)
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1), (N-1-5.2) and (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of one or more of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of this embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, and 28% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-10) are the following compounds. (Wherein, each of RN 1101 and RN 1102 independently represents the same meaning as RN 11 and RN 12 in General Formula (N)).
  • R N 1101 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N 1102 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-10.1) to Formula (N-1-10.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) or (N- The compound represented by -1-10.2) is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) or the formula (N-1-10.2) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of substances is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass % Or more and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • each of R N 1111 and R N 11 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N 1111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N 1112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-11.1) to Formula (N-1-11.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14) are preferable.
  • the compound represented by -1-11.4) is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of substances is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass % Or more and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-12) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N1121 and R N1122 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N 1121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN 1122 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-13) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N1131 and R N1132 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N 1131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • each of R N 1141 and R N 114 2 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N 1141 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN 1142 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-15) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N1151 and R N1152 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N 1151 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1152 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N1161 and R N1162 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N 1161 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1162 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N1171 and R N1172 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N 1171 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN 1172 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • each of R N1181 and R N1182 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).
  • R N 1181 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1182 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-18.1) to Formula (N-1-18.5) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-11.3) are preferable.
  • the compound represented by 1-18.3) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-20) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N1201 and R N1202 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N1201 and R N1202 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) are the following compounds. (wherein , each of R N 1211 and R N 12 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in general formula (N).)
  • R N1211 and R N1212 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-22) are the following compounds. (Wherein, R N1221 and R N1222 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
  • R N1221 and R N1222 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, but two or more compounds can also be used in combination.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-22.1) to Formula (N-1-22.12) Are preferably compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2). (wherein , R N 321 and R N 322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).)
  • R N321 and R N322 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. %, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% It is above, is 30 mass% or more, is 33 mass% or more, and is 35 mass% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment.
  • % Or less 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-3-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-3-2.1) to Formula (N-3-2.3) Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-4) is preferably a compound represented by the following General Formula (N-4-1).
  • each of R N41 and R N42 independently represents one or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — each independently as —O—, —COO— or — It preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may be substituted by OCO—, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group. In order to exhibit particularly excellent dielectric anisotropy, an alkoxy group is preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-4-1) is selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-4-1.1) to Formula (N-4-1.9) It is preferable that it is a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formula (N-4-1.1) to formula (N-4-1.5); The compound of -1.3) is preferred. It is preferable to use two or more of the compounds represented by Formula (N-4-1.1) to Formula (N-4-1.9) in combination from the viewpoint of improving the low temperature storage stability of the liquid crystal composition. .
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (J): And a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by The compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (J) corresponds to a dielectrically positive compound ( ⁇ is larger than 2).
  • X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the said general formula (L) is remove
  • the non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound preferably contains, as a compound represented by the formula (J), one or more compounds represented by the general formula (M).
  • Polymerization initiator As a polymerization method of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, radical polymerization, anion polymerization, cationic polymerization and the like can be used, but polymerization by radical polymerization is preferable, and radical polymerization by light fleece rearrangement, light More preferred is radical polymerization with a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator is preferably a radical polymerization initiator.
  • radical polymerization initiator although a thermal polymerization initiator and a photoinitiator can be used, a photoinitiator is preferable. Specifically, the following compounds are preferred.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition described above preferably forms a polymer network having uniaxial optical anisotropy, uniaxial refractive index anisotropy, or easy axis direction of alignment, and the polymer network It is more preferable that the optical axis or the easy axis of alignment and the easy axis of alignment of the low molecular weight liquid crystal be formed to substantially coincide with each other.
  • the polymer network also includes a polymer binder in which a plurality of polymer networks are aggregated to form a polymer thin film.
  • the polymer binder has refractive index anisotropy exhibiting uniaxial orientation, and a low molecular weight liquid crystal is dispersed in the thin film, and the uniaxial optical axis of the thin film and the optical axis of the low molecular weight liquid crystal are in substantially the same direction. It is a feature that it is complete.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition forms a polymer network layer on the entire liquid crystal element, and forms a thin film layer of a polymer on a liquid crystal element substrate to induce a pretilt, and a liquid crystal composition of PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type. It is different from
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition by using the polymerizable compound (A), it is possible to form a fibrous or columnar polymer network.
  • the polymerizable compound (A) has a rod-like form similar to the low molecular weight liquid crystal in the trans form, and affects the alignment state of the low molecular weight liquid crystal.
  • the trans-body is irradiated with ultraviolet light as parallel light from the top of the cell, the direction in which the ultraviolet light travels is aligned with the long axis direction of the rod-like molecule, and low molecular liquid crystals are also aligned simultaneously with the molecular long axis of the trans To be oriented.
  • the long molecular axis of the transformer body is oriented in the inclined direction so that the liquid crystal is oriented in the inclined direction of the ultraviolet light. That is, a pretilt angle is induced to exhibit a photoalignment function.
  • the induced pretilt angle is immobilized by the fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by the polymerization phase separation.
  • the reaction rate of the polymerizable compound (A) is preferably slower than the reaction rate of the other polymerizable compounds.
  • the polymerizable compound having a photoalignment function immediately turns into a trans form, and when it is aligned in the direction in which light travels, the liquid crystal compound including the surrounding polymerizability aligns in the same direction.
  • the polymer phase separation proceeds, and the direction of the easy axis of alignment of the low molecular weight liquid crystal and the alignment easy axis of the polymer network aligns in the same direction as the easy axis of alignment of the polymerizable compound having a photoalignment function. Is induced.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal composition it is preferable that at least two kinds of polymerizable compounds having different Tg be contained to adjust the Tg.
  • the polymerizable compound which is a precursor of a polymer having a high Tg is a polymerizable compound having a molecular structure in which the crosslink density is high, and the number of functional groups is preferably 2 or more.
  • the polymer precursor having a low Tg preferably has one or two or more functional groups, and preferably has a structure in which an alkylene group or the like is provided as a spacer between the functional groups to increase the molecular length.
  • Tg is also related to molecular-level thermal mobility in the main chain and side chain of the polymer network, and also affects electro-optical properties. For example, when the crosslinking density is increased, the molecular mobility of the main chain is reduced, the anchoring force with the low molecular weight liquid crystal is increased, the driving voltage is increased, and the falling time is shortened. On the other hand, when the crosslinking density is lowered so as to lower the Tg, the thermal mobility of the polymer main chain is increased, whereby the anchoring force with the low molecular weight liquid crystal is lowered and the driving voltage tends to be lowered.
  • the anchoring force at the polymer network interface is also influenced by the molecular mobility of the polymer side chain in addition to the above-mentioned Tg, and by using a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent branched alkylene group and a polyvalent alkyl group, The anchoring force is reduced.
  • the polymerizable compound having a polyvalent branched alkylene group and a polyvalent alkyl group is effective for inducing a pretilt angle at the substrate interface and acts to lower the anchoring force in the polar angle direction.
  • a polymerizable compound phase may be generated as an island-like nucleus innumerably to form a phase separation structure by bimodal decomposition, and the phase separation may be performed from the fluctuation of the concentration of the liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase.
  • the phase separation structure may be formed by spinodal decomposition.
  • the content of at least low molecular liquid crystal is set to 85% by mass or more, and by using a compound having a high reaction rate of a polymerizable compound, the size is smaller than the wavelength of visible light Is preferable because it generates an infinite number of nuclei of the polymerizable compound to form a nano-order phase separation structure.
  • a polymer network having a gap spacing shorter than the wavelength of visible light is formed, while the voids in the polymer network are due to phase separation of the low molecular weight liquid crystal phase.
  • the size of the air gap is smaller than the wavelength of visible light, there is no light scattering property and high contrast, and the influence of the anchoring force from the polymer network becomes strong and the falling time becomes short, and a liquid crystal display element with high response speed is obtained. Being particularly preferred.
  • Nucleation of the polymerizable compound phase in bimodal decomposition is affected by parameters such as the change in compatibility depending on the type and combination of compounds, the reaction rate, and the temperature, and it is preferable to adjust as necessary.
  • the reaction rate depends on the type and content of the functional group of the polymerizable compound and the photoinitiator, and the ultraviolet irradiation intensity, and the ultraviolet irradiation conditions may be appropriately adjusted to promote the reactivity, An ultraviolet irradiation intensity of 20 mW / cm 2 or more is preferred.
  • a polymer network with a phase separation structure by spinodal decomposition when the low-molecular liquid crystal content is 85% by mass or more, and in spinodal decomposition, a phase-separated fine structure is obtained by fluctuation of the concentration of two phases having periodicity. It is preferable because uniform gap spacing smaller than the wavelength is easily formed.
  • the proportion of the polymerizable compound is less than 15% by mass, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure by biordal decomposition, and at 15% by mass or more, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure by spinodal decomposition.
  • phase transition temperature At which the low molecular liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase separate into two phases under the influence of temperature. If the temperature is higher than the two-phase separation transition temperature, an isotropic phase is exhibited.
  • a phase separation structure In the case of two-phase separation by temperature, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation temperature.
  • a polymer network is formed while maintaining the same alignment state as the alignment state of the low molecular weight liquid crystal.
  • the formed polymer network exhibits optical anisotropy so as to follow the orientation of the low molecular weight liquid crystal.
  • the form of the liquid crystal layer in the polymer network is a structure in which the liquid crystal composition forms a continuous layer in a three-dimensional network structure of the polymer, a structure in which droplets of the liquid crystal composition are dispersed in the polymer, or both of them are mixed.
  • a structure in which a polymer network layer is present from both substrate surfaces and is only a liquid crystal layer near the center with the facing substrate can be mentioned.
  • a pretilt angle of 0 to 90 ° is induced to the liquid crystal element substrate interface by the action of the polymer network.
  • the polymer network to be formed preferably has the function of aligning the coexisting low molecular weight liquid crystal in the alignment direction indicated by the alignment film of the liquid crystal cell, and further has the function of pretilting the low molecular liquid crystal in the polymer interface direction. Is also preferred. It is useful and preferable to introduce a polymerizable compound for pretilting the low molecular weight liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface for improving the transmittance and lowering the driving voltage of the liquid crystal element. Moreover, it may have refractive index anisotropy, and it is preferable to use the polymeric compound which has a mesogen group for the function to orientate a liquid crystal to an orientation direction. In addition, while applying a voltage, a polymer network may be formed by ultraviolet irradiation or the like to form a pretilt.
  • a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent alkyl group having no mesogenic group inducing vertical alignment or a polyvalent branched alkylene group may be used, and a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group It is also preferable to use in combination with
  • the fibrous or columnar polymer network is in the direction perpendicular to the liquid crystal cell substrate and the low molecular weight liquid crystal. Preferably, they are formed in substantially the same direction.
  • pretilt alignment is performed.
  • a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed to be inclined in the same direction as the low molecular weight liquid crystal.
  • the tilt of the polymer network may be chosen to polymerize to occur spontaneously at the substrate interface.
  • a polymer network may be formed by applying a voltage to bring the liquid crystal into a tilted alignment state and irradiating ultraviolet light or the like.
  • polymerization may be performed while applying a voltage in a range of about 0.9 V lower than the threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to about 2 V higher.
  • the polymer network may be formed below the threshold voltage.
  • a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed to be inclined so as to induce a pretilt angle of 90 to 80 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and a pretilt angle of 90 to 85 degrees is preferable, 89.
  • a pretilt angle of 9 degrees to 85 degrees is preferable, a pretilt angle of 89.9 degrees to 87 degrees is preferable, and a pretilt angle of 89, 9 degrees to 88 degrees is preferable.
  • the fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by any method is characterized in connecting between two cell substrates. As a result, the thermal stability of the pretilt angle can be improved, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element can be enhanced.
  • a carbon atom number of an alkylene group between a functional group and a mesogen group is 6 or more
  • the method using a combination of a bifunctional acrylate having a small pretilt angle induction angle and a functional group, and a bifunctional acrylate having a carbon number of 5 or more carbon atoms of an alkylene group between mesogen groups and having a large induction angle of the pretilt angle.
  • a desired pretilt angle can be induced near the interface by adjusting the compounding ratio of these compounds.
  • a fibrous or columnar polymer network is low relative to the alignment direction of the alignment film on the liquid crystal cell substrate surface by phase separation polymerization using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the molecular liquid crystal is aligned in parallel, but preferably it is formed in the same direction as the refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis direction of the formed fibrous or columnar polymer network and the alignment direction of the low molecular liquid crystal .
  • the fibrous or columnar polymer network is present substantially throughout the cell except for the voids in which the low molecular weight liquid crystal is dispersed.
  • a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group for the purpose of inducing the pretilt angle with respect to the polymer interface direction, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group and a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent alkyl group having no mesogenic group or a polyvalent alkylene group. .
  • the electro-optical properties are influenced by the surface area of the polymer network interface and the void spacing of the polymer network, it is important not to cause light scattering, and it is preferable to make the mean void spacing smaller than the wavelength of visible light.
  • the polymer network is formed such that the surface area of the interface is increased by changing the polymerization phase separation structure and the gap spacing becomes fine, and the driving voltage and the fall time become short.
  • the polymerization phase separation structure is also influenced by the polymerization temperature.
  • phase separation structure having fine voids by polymerizing at a high phase separation rate.
  • the phase separation speed is largely influenced by the compatibility between the low molecular liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound and the polymerization speed. Since the composition largely depends on the molecular structure and the content of the compound, it is preferable to use it by appropriately adjusting the composition. When the compatibility is high, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a high polymerization rate, and in the case of ultraviolet polymerization, it is preferable to increase the ultraviolet intensity.
  • the compatibility is low, the phase separation speed is sufficiently fast, which is preferable for producing a liquid crystal element.
  • a method of reducing the compatibility a method of polymerizing at a low temperature can be mentioned. When the temperature is low, the degree of alignment order of the liquid crystal is increased, and the compatibility between the liquid crystal and the monomer is reduced, so that the separation speed of the polymer phase can be increased.
  • Another method is also a method of polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition at a temperature showing a supercooling state.
  • the temperature may be slightly lower than the melting point of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is possible to accelerate the phase separation simply by lowering the temperature by several degrees, which is preferable.
  • the polymer phase separation structure corresponding to the case where a monomer composition content of several tens of% is added to the liquid crystal, that is, the surface area of the polymer network interface which is a structure acting to shorten the fall time Form a fine polymer network structure. Therefore, in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the polymerizable liquid crystal composition in consideration of the alignment function, the crosslink density, the anchoring force, and the gap distance so as to shorten the fall time.
  • the polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element in the liquid crystal phase, and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, and the alignment easy axis of the polymer network or the uniaxial optical axis is substantially the same direction as the alignment easy axis of the low molecular liquid crystal
  • the polymer network is formed to induce the pretilt angle of the low molecular weight liquid crystal, and the average gap distance of the polymer network is smaller than the wavelength of visible light by at least 450 nm. It is preferable because scattering does not occur.
  • the falling time of the response in order to make the fall time of the response shorter than the response time of the low molecular liquid crystal alone by the interaction effect (the anchoring force) of the polymer network and the low molecular liquid crystal, it is preferable to be in the range of 50 nm to 450 nm.
  • the falling time In order for the falling time to be reduced by the influence of the cell thickness of the liquid crystal and to show the falling time as thin as possible even if the cell thickness is large, at least the lower limit is about 200 nm and the upper limit is about 450 nm.
  • the average gap distance is reduced, the increase in drive voltage becomes an issue, but to suppress the increase in drive voltage to 25 V or less and shorten the fall response time, it is better to fall within the range of around 250 nm to 450 nm.
  • the falling response time can be improved to about 5 msec to about 1 msec, which is preferable.
  • the average gap distance is preferably in the range of about 300 nm to 450 nm.
  • the driving voltage may increase to 30 V or more, but the average gap distance may be in the vicinity of 50 nm to 250 nm in order to reduce the time to 0.5 msec or less.
  • the mean diameter of the polymer network is preferably in the range of 20 nm to 700 nm, contrary to the mean void spacing.
  • the average diameter tends to increase as the content of the polymerizable compound increases. If the reactivity is increased to increase the polymerization phase separation speed, the density of the polymer network will increase and the average diameter of the polymer network will decrease, so the phase separation conditions may be adjusted as necessary.
  • the average diameter is preferably in the range of 20 nm to 160 nm, and in the range of 200 nm to 450 nm, the average diameter is preferably in the range of 40 nm to 160 nm.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is more than 10%, the range of 50 nm to 700 nm is preferable, and the range of 50 nm to 400 nm is more preferable.
  • the polymer network content is low and the polymer network layer is insufficient to cover the entire cell.
  • Layers are formed discontinuously.
  • the polarity of the substrate surface such as polyimide alignment film
  • the polymerizable compound tends to gather near the liquid crystal cell substrate interface, and a polymer network layer is formed to grow a polymer network from the substrate surface and adhere to the substrate interface.
  • the polymer network layer, the liquid crystal layer, the polymer network layer, and the counter substrate are sequentially stacked in this order from the surface.
  • a laminated structure of polymer network layer / liquid crystal layer / polymer network layer is shown, and a polymer having a thickness of at least 0.5% or more, preferably 1% or more, more preferably 5% or more of the cell thickness in the cell cross section direction
  • the network layer is formed, the effect of shortening the falling time is exhibited by the action of the anchoring force between the polymer network and the low molecular weight liquid crystal, which is preferable.
  • the thickness of the polymer network layer may be increased as necessary.
  • the structure of the polymer network in the polymer network layer may be such that the low molecular weight liquid crystal and the alignment easy axis and the uniaxial optical axis are aligned in substantially the same direction, and the low molecular weight liquid crystal is formed to induce a pretilt angle. Good.
  • the average gap spacing is preferably in the range of 90 nm to 450 nm.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is 1% by mass to 6% by mass, it is preferable to use a bifunctional monomer having a mesogen group with high anchoring power, and the structure has a short distance between functional groups and the polymerization rate is It is preferable to use a fast bifunctional monomer, and it is preferable to form a polymer phase separation structure at a low temperature of 0 ° C. or less.
  • the polymerizable compound content is 6% by mass to less than 10% by mass, a combination of the bifunctional monomer and a monofunctional monomer having low anchoring power is preferable, and the range of 25 ° C. to ⁇ 20 ° C. is necessary, as necessary.
  • the polymer phase separation structure is formed by Furthermore, if the melting point is higher than room temperature, it is preferable to lower the melting point by about 5 ° C. because the same effect as low temperature polymerization can be obtained.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% by mass to 40% by mass, the influence of the polymer binder or the polymer network greatly affects the alignment and driving voltage of the low molecular liquid crystal and increases the driving voltage. It is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having an orientation function of and a mesogenic group having a relatively weak anchoring force.
  • the polymerizable compound having weak anchoring power and having a mesogen group it is effective to increase the carbon number of the alkylene group between the functional group and the mesogen group, and the carbon number is preferably 5 to 10.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound exceeds 30% by mass, liquid crystal droplets may be dispersed in the polymer binder, and even in this case, the polymer binder has refractive index anisotropy and the substrate surface is oriented. It is preferable that the alignment direction of the film and the optical axis direction of the polymer binder be aligned.
  • the concentration of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass, and 2% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less Preferably, 3% by mass or more and 8% by mass or less are more preferable.
  • the voltage holding ratio becomes an important characteristic.
  • the cause of lowering the voltage holding ratio is considered to be the ionic impurities contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • mobile ions strongly influence the voltage holding ratio. Therefore, it is preferable to perform purification treatment or the like so as to obtain at least a specific resistance of 10 14 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more to remove mobile ions.
  • the voltage retention may decrease due to ionic impurities generated from a photopolymerization initiator or the like, but a polymerization initiator with a small amount of generated organic acid and low molecular weight byproducts. It is preferable to select
  • Liquid crystal display element The polymerizable liquid crystal composition described above is applied to a liquid crystal display device.
  • a liquid crystal display device an example of the liquid crystal display element according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 1 as appropriate.
  • FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing the structure of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the respective components are illustrated separately for convenience of explanation.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 according to the present embodiment is provided between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 and the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 which are disposed to face each other.
  • the liquid crystal layer 4 is composed of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment described above.
  • the pixel electrode layer 5 and the alignment film 6 are formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side.
  • the common electrode layer 7 and the alignment film 8 are formed on the second substrate 3 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 9 and 10.
  • a color filter 11 may be further provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3 (between the second substrate 3 and the common electrode layer 7).
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 includes the first polarizing plate 9, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the alignment film 6, the liquid crystal layer 4 including the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the alignment.
  • the film 8, the common electrode layer 9, the color filter 11, the second substrate 3, and the second polarizing plate 10 are stacked in this order.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are formed of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, for example. At least one of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be formed of a transparent material, and the other may be formed of a transparent material or an opaque material such as metal or silicon.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are bonded to each other by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates
  • a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates
  • particulate spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, and alumina particles, or spacer posts made of a resin formed by photolithography may be disposed.
  • the alignment films 6 and 8 constitute a pair of alignment films which are in direct contact with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 4 to induce homogeneous alignment.
  • the alignment films 6 and 8 are formed of, for example, polyimide.
  • the first polarizing plate 9 and the second polarizing plate 10 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates, and their transmission axes operate in the normally black mode It is preferable to have transmission axes orthogonal to one another.
  • any one of the first polarizing plate 9 and the second polarizing plate 10 is preferably arranged to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
  • the color filter 11 preferably forms a black matrix, and preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.
  • the black matrix may be placed on the substrate opposite to the array substrate together with the color filter, or may be placed on the array substrate side together with the color filter, the black matrix on the array substrate, and the color filter on the other substrate. It may be installed separately. Also, the black matrix may be installed separately from the color filter, but may be one that reduces the transmittance by overlapping each color of the color filter.
  • a wiring is formed by sputtering a metal material such as Al or its alloy on the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3, and the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are formed.
  • the color filter 11 can be produced, for example, by a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like. A method of producing a color filter by the pigment dispersion method will be described by way of example.
  • a curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to a patterning process, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of three colors of red, green, and blue, it is possible to create a pixel portion for a color filter.
  • the color filter 9 may be installed on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 face each other such that the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are on the inner side, but at this time, the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 You may adjust the At this time, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 to, for example, 1 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing plates 7 and 8 it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so as to maximize the contrast.
  • the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates can be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle and contrast to be good. Furthermore, retardation films for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
  • a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in a form provided with a liquid crystal injection port, the substrates are bonded to each other, and heating is performed to thermally cure the sealing agent.
  • a usual vacuum injection method or one drop fill (ODF) method can be used, but in the vacuum injection method, a drip mark is Although it does not occur, it has a problem that a trace of injection remains, but in the present embodiment, it can be more suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method.
  • a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based combination heat and light curing property is drawn on a back plane or front plane substrate in a closed loop shape using a dispenser, and removed therefrom.
  • a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a backplane after dropping a predetermined amount of composition under air.
  • the liquid crystal composition of this embodiment is produced, for example, at the time of liquid crystal dropping. Since the liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long time with little influence on rapid pressure change and impact in the dropping device, the yield of the liquid crystal display element can be kept high.
  • small liquid crystal display devices frequently used for smartphones, which are in vogue recently have difficulty in controlling the deviation from the optimum value within a certain range itself because the optimum liquid crystal injection amount is small, but the liquid crystal of this embodiment By using the composition, it is possible to realize a stable discharge amount of the liquid crystal material even in a small liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 may be an active matrix drive liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 is preferably a liquid crystal display element for TN mode, STN mode, ECB mode, VA mode, IPS mode or FFS mode.
  • a liquid crystal composition LCN-1 ( ⁇ n 0.103, viscosity ⁇ 15.1 mPa ⁇ s, ⁇ -3.8) containing each non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following (LCN-1) as an N-type liquid crystal composition, Liquid crystal composition LCN-2 ( ⁇ n 0.12, viscosity ⁇ 19 mPa ⁇ s, ⁇ -3.3) containing each non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by (LCN-2), and the following (LCN-3) Liquid Crystal Composition LCN-3 (.DELTA.n 0.11, viscosity .eta. 17 mPa.s, .DELTA..epsilon. 3.2) containing the respective non-polymerizable liquid crystal compounds was prepared.
  • a compound represented by the formula (Vn-2-1) was used, and as a comparative object, a compound represented by the formula (Vn-2-2) was used.
  • the compound of the formula (Vn-2-1) has absorption peaks (second absorption wavelength) near 350 nm and 430 nm, and when it absorbs light of a wavelength near this, it causes cis-trans isomerization reaction.
  • the compound of the formula (Vn-2-2) has an absorption peak (second absorption wavelength) near 350 nm, and when it absorbs light of a wavelength near this, it causes a cis-trans isomerization reaction.
  • Irgacure 651 was used as a photoinitiator. Irgacure 651 has an absorption peak at around 340 nm, and when it absorbs light in the vicinity, it generates radicals to induce polymerization of a polymerizable compound (monomer).
  • Example 1 A liquid crystal composition LCN-2 as an N-type liquid crystal composition, a compound represented by the formula (V1-1-1) as a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a formula (Vn-2-1) as a polymerizable compound (A)
  • a polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 containing the compounds to be represented in the proportions shown in Table 1 was prepared.
  • the photopolymerization initiator Irgacure 651 was contained in an amount of 2% with respect to the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (V1-1-1) and the polymerizable compound (Vn-2-1). That is, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 can be polymerized by absorbing light in the vicinity of 340 nm (first absorption wavelength). It was confirmed that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was uniformly dissolved, and exhibited a nematic liquid crystal phase.
  • Example 2 A liquid crystal composition LCN-1 or LCN-3 was used instead of the liquid crystal composition LCN-2, and Example 1 was used except that a compound represented by Formula (V1-1-2) was used as a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • Polymeric liquid crystal compositions A-2 and A-3 were prepared in the same manner as in the above. It was confirmed that these polymerizable liquid crystal compositions were uniformly dissolved and exhibited a nematic liquid crystal phase.
  • Example 4 A polyimide alignment film capable of obtaining vertical alignment (homeotropic alignment) is formed on an ITO transparent electrode, and anti-parallel alignment single-hole liquid crystal cell (cell gap 3 ⁇ m) which has been rubbed to have a pretilt angle of 5 °. Prepared. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was vacuum injected into this cell. Thereafter, the inlet was sealed with a sealant 3026E (manufactured by Three Bond).
  • the polymerizable compound dissolved in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition was polymerized to obtain a VA mode liquid crystal display element.
  • a fabricated cell is placed between two crossed polarizing plates, it becomes black and the dark field does not change even if the cell is rotated in the azimuthal direction, and the optical axis direction of the polymer network and the liquid crystal alignment easy axis direction are the same direction It was confirmed.
  • V90 represents a drive voltage, which is a voltage required to change the transmittance by 90% of the total change with respect to the total change of the transmittance.
  • T100 represents the brightness of the display at the maximum transmittance.
  • the rise time is the time required to switch from the OFF state to the ON state, and the fall time represents the time to return from the ON state to the OFF state, and each response time was applied for 1 second of burst wave of 100 Hz square wave of V90. It measured based on the transmittance
  • the characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal cell are shown in Table 2.
  • Example 5 A liquid crystal cell was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was changed to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2 or A-3.
  • the characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal cell are shown in Table 2.
  • the transmittance (T100) can be improved by using the polymerizable compound (A) having the second absorption wavelength causing cis-trans isomerization. . More specifically, in Examples 4 to 6 in which the polymerizable compound (Vn-2-1) having an absorption at around 430 nm was added, the polymerizable compound (Vn-2-2) having no absorption at around 430 nm was added Favorable transmittance was obtained as compared with Reference Examples 4 to 6 described above.
  • the transmittance was improved not because the tilt was increased by irradiating the light of 436 nm but the direction of tilt was defined, but the light of 436 nm before UV exposure. It is considered that the photoisomerization from the cis form to the trans form of the polymerizable compound (A) becomes dominant by irradiating in advance, and as a result, the degree of order of the liquid crystal becomes high. Also in the microscopic observation, the liquid crystal cell obtained in Example 4 had less minor alignment disorder than the liquid crystal cell obtained in Reference Example 4. This can be said to support the above guess.
  • Example 4 when the irradiation direction of 366 nm light is changed to the normal direction of the liquid crystal cell substrate without irradiating the light of 436 nm, the tilt angle is 5.2 in the former. °, V90 18.0 V, T100 71.4%, fall time 1.4 ms, rise time 1.2 ms, the latter, tilt angle 5.2 °, V90 18.8 V, T100 Was 71.5%, the fall time was 1.3 ms, and the rise time was 1.2 ms.
  • Example 4 In each of Example 4 and Reference Example 4, in the former case, the tilt angle is 7.0 °, V90 is 15.5 V, T100 is 74.9%, and the fall time is 1 when the light of 436 nm is not irradiated. .9 ms, rise time is 1.7 ms, tilt angle is 7.1 °, V90 is 15.6 V, T100 is 75.0%, fall time is 1.9 ms, rise time is 1.6 ms. Met.
  • Such a result also indicates that the above-described assumption that excellent transmittance is obtained in Examples 4 to 6 due to cis-trans isomerization of the polymerizable compound (A) by irradiation of 436 nm light. I support it.
  • the transmittance is improved by about 3.5% as compared with the case of irradiation from the normal direction. It can be considered that the tilt alignment changes the pretilt angle to about 7 ° and defines the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules are tilted by the electric field.
  • SYMBOLS 1 Liquid crystal display element, 2 ... 1st board

Abstract

An aspect of the present invention is a polymerizable liquid crystal composition which contains a polymerizable compound and a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and is polymerizable by light having a first absorption wavelength, wherein the polymerizable compound undergoes cis-trans isomerization due to light having a second absorption wavelength which is longer than that of the first absorption wavelength by 20 nm or more.

Description

重合性液晶組成物及び液晶表示素子Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、重合性液晶組成物及び液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a polymerizable liquid crystal composition and a liquid crystal display device.
 現在、ネマチック液晶と呼ばれる液晶材料は、テレビ、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットなどのフラットパネルディスプレイの液晶表示素子において一般的に利用されている。このような液晶材料には、低駆動電圧、高透過率、高速応答性といった種々の特性が要求される。 At present, liquid crystal materials called nematic liquid crystals are generally used in liquid crystal display elements of flat panel displays such as televisions, mobile phones, smart phones, tablets and the like. Such liquid crystal materials are required to have various characteristics such as low drive voltage, high transmittance, and high speed response.
 例えば特許文献1には、駆動電圧の上昇を抑制し、複屈折率の低減を抑制し透過率を改善させつつ、液晶の立下り時間を改善することで、高透過率且つ高速応答性に優れた液晶表示素子が開示されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 is excellent in high transmittance and high-speed response by suppressing the increase in driving voltage, suppressing the decrease in birefringence, and improving the transmittance while improving the falling time of the liquid crystal. Discloses a liquid crystal display device.
国際公開第2015/122457号International Publication No. 2015/122457
 本発明者らの検討によれば、特許文献1に記載されているような液晶表示素子は、上述した種々の要求特性を満たすようなものではあるが、特に透過率の点で更なる改善の余地がある。 According to the study of the present inventors, although the liquid crystal display element as described in Patent Document 1 satisfies the various required characteristics described above, it is particularly possible to further improve the light transmittance. There is room.
 すなわち、本発明が解決しようとする課題は、高い透過率を有する液晶表示素子、及び該液晶表示素子に用いられる液晶組成物を提供することである。 That is, the problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display element having high transmittance, and a liquid crystal composition used for the liquid crystal display element.
[1] 重合性化合物と、非重合性液晶化合物とを含有し、第1の吸収波長を含む光により重合可能な重合性液晶組成物であって、重合性化合物は、第1の吸収波長より20nm以上長い第2の吸収波長を含む光によりシス-トランス異性化を起こす、重合性液晶組成物。 [1] A polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound and a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound, which can be polymerized by light containing a first absorption wavelength, the polymerizable compound having a first absorption wavelength A polymerizable liquid crystal composition which causes cis-trans isomerization by light containing a second absorption wavelength longer than 20 nm.
[2] 第1の吸収波長が380nm以下である、[1]に記載の重合性液晶組成物。 [2] The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to [1], wherein the first absorption wavelength is 380 nm or less.
[3] 第2の吸収波長が410nm以上である、[1]又は[2]に記載の重合性液晶組成物。 [3] The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the second absorption wavelength is 410 nm or more.
[4] 第2の吸収波長が、第1の吸収波長より30nm以上長い、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の重合性液晶組成物。 [4] The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the second absorption wavelength is 30 nm or more longer than the first absorption wavelength.
[5] 重合性化合物として、下記式(M-1)で表される化合物を含有する、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の液晶組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[式中、
 環A及び環Bは、それぞれ独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシル基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、これらの基中に存在する水素原子は炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
 X11は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
 Sp11は、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CHs11-(s11は2~12の整数を表し、酸素原子は環Aに結合するものとする。)を表し、
 n11及びn12は、それぞれ独立して0~2の整数を表し、n11+n12は0~2の整数であり、
 Z11及びZ13は、それぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-C≡C-、又は単結合を表し、
 Z12は、-CY15=CY16-、-CH=N-、-N=CY17-(Y15、Y16及びY17は、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)、又は-N=N-を表し、
 Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表すが、Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14の少なくとも一つは、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 R11は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、イソシアノ基、チオイソシアノ基、下記式(M-1-1)で表される基、又は炭素原子数1~12の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換されてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(式中、Sp12は、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CHs12-(s12は2~12の整数を表し、酸素原子は環Bに結合するものとする。)を表す。)]
[5] The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [1] to [4], which contains a compound represented by the following formula (M-1) as a polymerizable compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[In the formula,
Ring A and ring B each independently represent 1,4-cyclohexyl group or 1,4-phenylene group, and a hydrogen atom present in these groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group And may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
X 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
Sp 11 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s11- (s11 represents an integer of 2 to 12, and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to ring A) Represents
n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and n 11 + n 12 is an integer of 0 to 2,
Z 11 and Z 13 are each independently -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -,- CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO- CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, -C≡C-, or a single bond,
Z 12 is, -CY 15 = CY 16 -, - CH = N -, - N = CY 17 - (. Y 15, Y 16 and Y 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom), or Represents -N = N-,
Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom, but at least one of Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 is a chlorine atom or Represents a fluorine atom,
R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an isocyano group, a thioisocyano group, and the following formula (M-1-1) Or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- present in the alkyl group are each independently- O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO- -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C- May be replaced by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(Wherein, Sp 12 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s12- (s12 represents an integer of 2 to 12, and an oxygen atom is bonded to ring B Represents)))]
[6] 非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(L)で表される化合物を含有する、[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の重合性液晶組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[式中、
 RL1及びRL2は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nL1は、0、1、2又は3を表し、
 AL1、AL2及びAL3は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
 ZL1及びZL2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
[6] The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to any one of [1] to [5], which contains a compound represented by the following formula (L) as the nonpolymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[In the formula,
R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- present in the alkyl group are independently of each other And may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3 and
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =) and (c) ) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1, One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N =)
And hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b) and (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom ,
Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, or -C≡C-
When n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of AL 2, they may be the same or different from each other, and when n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of Z L2 , They may be identical to or different from one another. )
[7] 非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)又は(N-4)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物を含有する、[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載の液晶組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[式中、
 RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31、RN32、RN41及びRN42は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、AN41及びAN42は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)、
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
(d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、ZN32、ZN41及びZN42は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、又は-C≡C-を表し、
 XN21は、水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 TN31は、-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
 XN41は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は-CH-を表し、
 YN41は、単結合又は-CH-を表し、
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31、nN32、nN41、及びnN42は、それぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は、それぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32及びZN11~ZN32がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nN41+nN42は0~3の整数を表すが、AN41、AN42、ZN41及びZN42がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。]
[7] At least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) or (N-4) as the non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound The liquid crystal composition according to any one of [1] to [6], which contains a compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[In the formula,
R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups described above Two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -are each independently substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- May be
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41 and A N42 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =),
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N = And d) represent a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are Independently, it may be substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31, Z N32, Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O - , - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF-, Or -C≡C-,
X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom,
X N41 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or -CH 2- ,
Y N41 represents a single bond or -CH 2- ;
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 , n N32 , n N41 and n N42 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N21 N31 + n N32 is each independently 1, 2 or 3, and when there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be identical to or different from each other, n N41 + n N42 represents an integer of 0 to 3, but when a plurality of A N41 , A N42 , Z N41 and Z N42 exist, they may be identical to or different from each other. ]
[8] 非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(J)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物を含有する、[1]~[6]に記載の液晶組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[式中、
 RJ1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
 AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていてもよく、
 ZJ1及びZJ2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。]
[8] The liquid crystal composition according to [1] to [6], containing at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (J) as a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[In the formula,
R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- in the alkyl group are each independently -CH = CH-,- It may be substituted by C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =) and (c) ) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1, One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N =)
And hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b) and (c) are each independently a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group It may be substituted by a group or trifluoromethoxy group,
Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O -, -COO-, -OCO- or -C≡C-,
When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of A J2 , they may be the same or different from each other, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of Z J1 If so, they may be identical or different from one another.
X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. ]
[9] 二つの基板と、該二つの基板の間に設けられた、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の液晶組成物を含む液晶層と、を備える液晶表示素子であって、TNモード、STNモード、ECBモード、VAモード、IPSモード又はFFSモード用液晶表示素子。 [9] A liquid crystal display device comprising: two substrates; and a liquid crystal layer containing the liquid crystal composition according to any one of [1] to [8], provided between the two substrates. Liquid crystal display element for TN mode, STN mode, ECB mode, VA mode, IPS mode or FFS mode.
 本発明によれば、高い透過率を有する液晶表示素子、及び該液晶表示素子に用いられる液晶組成物を提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display element having high transmittance, and a liquid crystal composition used for the liquid crystal display element.
一実施形態に係る液晶表示素子の構成を模式的に示す図である。It is a figure which shows typically the structure of the liquid crystal display element which concerns on one Embodiment.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
[重合性液晶組成物]
 重合性液晶組成物は、一実施形態において、重合性化合物と、非重合性液晶化合物とを含有し、他の一実施形態において、重合性化合物と、非重合性液晶化合物と、重合開始剤とを含有する。この重合性液晶組成物は、第1の吸収波長λ1を含む光により重合可能な組成物である。より具体的には、重合性液晶組成物は少なくとも波長λ1の光を吸収し、それにより、重合性化合物が重合する。重合性液晶組成物中の波長λ1の光を吸収する成分は、重合性化合物であってよく、重合開始剤であってもよい。
[Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Composition]
In one embodiment, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable compound and a nonpolymerizable liquid crystal compound, and in another embodiment, the polymerizable compound, the nonpolymerizable liquid crystal compound, and the polymerization initiator. Contains The polymerizable liquid crystal composition is a composition polymerizable by light containing the first absorption wavelength λ1. More specifically, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition absorbs light of at least wavelength λ1, whereby the polymerizable compound is polymerized. The component which absorbs the light of wavelength λ1 in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may be a polymerizable compound or a polymerization initiator.
 第1の吸収波長λ1は、重合性液晶組成物の紫外可視吸光スペクトル(波長300~780nm)を測定したときに得られる吸収ピークにおいて、吸光度が極大値となる波長として定義される。吸収ピークが2つ以上得られる場合には、最も長い波長域における吸収ピークを採用する。第1の吸収波長λ1は、例えば、重合性化合物の吸光度が極大値となる波長、又は重合開始剤の吸光度が極大値となる波長と略一致する。第1の吸収波長λ1は、例えば、310nm以上、330nm以上、又は350nm以上であってよく、380nm以下、375nm以下、又は370nm以下であってよい。 The first absorption wavelength λ1 is defined as a wavelength at which the absorbance reaches a maximum value at the absorption peak obtained when the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum (wavelength 300 to 780 nm) of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is measured. When two or more absorption peaks are obtained, the absorption peak in the longest wavelength range is adopted. The first absorption wavelength λ1 substantially matches, for example, a wavelength at which the absorbance of the polymerizable compound has a maximum value or a wavelength at which the absorbance of the polymerization initiator has a maximum value. The first absorption wavelength λ1 may be, for example, 310 nm or more, 330 nm or more, or 350 nm or more, and may be 380 nm or less, 375 nm or less, or 370 nm or less.
[重合性化合物]
(重合性化合物(A))
 重合性液晶組成物は、重合性化合物として、重合性基と、該重合性基とは別に二重結合とを有し、該二重結合に対してシス-トランス異性体をとり得る重合性化合物を含有する。この重合性化合物は、第1の吸収波長λ1とは異なる第2の吸収波長λ2を含む光を吸収することにより、シス-トランス異性化を起こす。このような重合性化合物は、重合性光配向機能性化合物とも呼ばれる。便宜的に、この重合性化合物を「重合性化合物(A)」ともいう。
[Polymerizable compound]
(Polymerizable compound (A))
A polymerizable liquid crystal composition has, as a polymerizable compound, a polymerizable group and a double bond separately from the polymerizable group, and a polymerizable compound capable of taking a cis-trans isomer with respect to the double bond. Contains This polymerizable compound causes cis-trans isomerization by absorbing light containing a second absorption wavelength λ2 different from the first absorption wavelength λ1. Such a polymerizable compound is also referred to as a polymerizable photoalignable functional compound. For convenience, this polymerizable compound is also referred to as "polymerizable compound (A)".
 第2の吸収波長λ2は、重合性化合物(A)の紫外可視吸光スペクトルを測定したときに得られる吸収ピークにおいて、吸光度が極大値となる波長として定義される。吸収ピークが2つ以上得られる場合には、最も長い波長域における吸収ピークを採用する。第2の吸収波長λ2は、例えば、380nm以上、400nm以上、410nm以上、又は420nm以上であってよく、470nm以下、460nm以下、又は450nm以下であってよい。 The second absorption wavelength λ2 is defined as a wavelength at which the absorbance has a maximum value in the absorption peak obtained when the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum of the polymerizable compound (A) is measured. When two or more absorption peaks are obtained, the absorption peak in the longest wavelength range is adopted. The second absorption wavelength λ2 may be, for example, 380 nm or more, 400 nm or more, 410 nm or more, or 420 nm or more, and may be 470 nm or less, 460 nm or less, or 450 nm or less.
 第2の吸収波長λ2は、第1の吸収波長λ1より20nm以上長く、好ましくは、第1の吸収波長λ1より、30nm以上、40nm以上、又は50nm以上長い。 The second absorption wavelength λ2 is 20 nm or more longer than the first absorption wavelength λ1, and preferably 30 nm or more, 40 nm or more, or 50 nm or more longer than the first absorption wavelength λ1.
 重合性化合物(A)中の重合性基は、例えば(メタ)アクリロイル基であってよい。二重結合は、例えば、炭素-炭素二重結合、炭素-窒素二重結合又は窒素-窒素二重結合であってよい。 The polymerizable group in the polymerizable compound (A) may be, for example, a (meth) acryloyl group. The double bond may be, for example, a carbon-carbon double bond, a carbon-nitrogen double bond or a nitrogen-nitrogen double bond.
 重合性化合物(A)は、例えば、下記式(M-1)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(M-1)中、
 環A及び環Bは、それぞれ独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシル基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、これらの基中に存在する水素原子は炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
 X11は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
 Sp11は、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CHs11-(s11は2~12の整数を表し、酸素原子は環Aに結合するものとする。)を表し、
 n11及びn12は、それぞれ独立して0~2の整数を表し、n11+n12は0~2の整数であり、
 Z11及びZ13は、それぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-C≡C-、又は単結合を表し、
 Z12は、-CY15=CY16-、-CH=N-、-N=CY17-(Y15、Y16及びY17は、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)、又は-N=N-を表し、
 Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表すが、Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14の少なくとも一つは、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 R11は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、イソシアノ基、チオイソシアノ基、下記式(M-1-1)で表される基、又は炭素原子数1~12の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換されてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
式(M-1-1)中、Sp12は、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CHs12-(s12は2~12の整数を表し、酸素原子は環Bに結合するものとする。)を表す。
The polymerizable compound (A) is, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (M-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
In formula (M-1),
Ring A and ring B each independently represent 1,4-cyclohexyl group or 1,4-phenylene group, and a hydrogen atom present in these groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group And may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
X 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
Sp 11 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s11- (s11 represents an integer of 2 to 12, and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to ring A) Represents
n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and n 11 + n 12 is an integer of 0 to 2,
Z 11 and Z 13 are each independently -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -,- CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO- CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, -C≡C-, or a single bond,
Z 12 is, -CY 15 = CY 16 -, - CH = N -, - N = CY 17 - (. Y 15, Y 16 and Y 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom), or Represents -N = N-,
Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom, but at least one of Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 is a chlorine atom or Represents a fluorine atom,
R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an isocyano group, a thioisocyano group, and the following formula (M-1-1) Or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- present in the alkyl group are each independently- O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO- -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C- May be replaced by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In the formula (M-1-1), Sp 12 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s12- (s12 is an integer of 2 to 12, and an oxygen atom is It is intended to be bonded to ring B).
 環A及び環Bは、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、1,4-フェニレン基である。X11は、好ましくは水素原子である。Sp11は、好ましくは炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基、より好ましくは炭素原子数3~10のアルキレン基、更に好ましくは炭素原子数5~8のアルキレン基である。n11及びn12は、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは0又は1であり、より好ましくは0である。n11+n12は、好ましくは0又は1であり、より好ましくは0である。 Ring A and ring B are each independently preferably a 1,4-phenylene group. X 11 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Sp 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms. n 11 and n 12 are each independently preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. n11 + n12 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
 Z11及びZ13は、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、-COO-、-OCO-、又は単結合である。Z12は、好ましくは、-CH=N-、-N=CY17-、又は-N=N-であり、より好ましくは-N=N-である。 Z 11 and Z 13 are each independently preferably -COO-, -OCO-, or a single bond. Z 12 is preferably —CH = N—, —N = CY 17 —, or —N = N—, more preferably —N = N—.
 Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14は、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは水素原子又はフッ素原子である。Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14の少なくとも一つがフッ素原子であることが好ましく、Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14の少なくとも二つがフッ素原子であることがより好ましく、Y11及びY12の一方がフッ素原子で他方が水素原子であり、かつY13及びY14の一方がフッ素原子で他方が水素原子であることが更に好ましい。 Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. Preferably, at least one of Y 11, Y 12, Y 13 and Y 14 is a fluorine atom, more preferably at least two Y 11, Y 12, Y 13 and Y 14 is a fluorine atom, Y 11 and More preferably, one of Y 12 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom, and one of Y 13 and Y 14 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom.
 R11は、好ましくは、式(M-1-1)で表される基である。式(M-1-1)中、X12は、好ましくは水素原子であり、Sp11は、好ましくは炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基、より好ましくは炭素原子数3~10のアルキレン基、更に好ましくは炭素原子数5~8のアルキレン基である。 R 11 is preferably a group represented by formula (M-1-1). In formula (M-1-1), X 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and Sp 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, More preferably, it is an alkylene group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
 重合性液晶組成物の総量に対しての重合性化合物(A)の好ましい含有量の下限値は、0.01質量%以上であり、0.02質量%以上であり、0.03質量%以上である。重合性液晶組成物の総量に対しての重合性化合物(A)の好ましい含有量の上限値は、0.5質量%以下であり、0.3質量%以下であり、0.2質量%以下であり、0.1質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the polymerizable compound (A) to the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 0.01% by mass or more, 0.02% by mass or more, and 0.03% by mass or more It is. The upper limit value of the preferable content of the polymerizable compound (A) to the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 0.5% by mass or less, 0.3% by mass or less, and 0.2% by mass or less And 0.1 mass% or less.
(重合性液晶化合物)
 重合性液晶組成物は、重合性化合物として、重合性化合物(A)以外の重合性化合物を更に含有していてもよい。かかる重合性化合物は、例えば重合性液晶化合物であってよい。重合性液晶化合物は、例えば、下記式(P)で表される化合物であってよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(上記一般式(P)中、
 Zp1は、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~15のアルケニルオキシ基又は-Spp2-Rp2を表し、
 Rp1及びRp2はそれぞれ独立して以下の式(R-I)から式(R-IX):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
のいずれかを表し、前記式(R-I)~(R-IX)中、R~Rはお互いに独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5個のアルキル基または炭素原子数1~5個のハロゲン化アルキル基であり、Wは単結合、-O-またはメチレン基であり、Tは単結合または-COO-であり、p、tおよびqはそれぞれ独立して、0、1または2を表し、
 Spp1及びSpp2はスペーサー基を表し、Spp1及びSpp2はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは1~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し
 Lp1及びLp2はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、-S-、-CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCOOCH-、-CHOCOO-、-OCHCHO-、-CO-NR-、-NR-CO-、-SCH-、-CHS-、-OCO-CR=CH-OCO-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH)z-、-CF-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CFCH-、-CHCF-、-CFCF-又は-C≡C-(式中、Rはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表し、前記式中、zは1~4の整数を表す。)を表し、
 Mp2は、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基を表すが、Mp2は無置換であるか又は炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は-Rp1で置換されていてもよく、
 Mp1は以下の式(i-11)~(ix-11):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(式中、*でSpp1と結合し、**でLp1若しくはLp2と結合する。)のいずれかを表し、
 Mp3は以下の式(i-13)~(ix-13):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(式中、*でZp1と結合し、**でLp2と結合する。)のいずれかを表し、
 mp2~mp4はそれぞれ独立して、0、1、2又は3を表し、mp1及びmp5はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3を表すが、Zp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Mp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)で表される化合物で表されることが好ましい。また、当該重合性液晶化合物は、1種又は2種以上含有される。
(Polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may further contain a polymerizable compound other than the polymerizable compound (A) as the polymerizable compound. Such a polymerizable compound may be, for example, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (P).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In the above general formula (P),
Z p1 represents a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, or a carbon atom in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom Alkoxy group of 1 to 15, alkenyl group of 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which hydrogen atom may be substituted by halogen atom, alkenyloxy of 1 to 15 carbon atom in which hydrogen atom may be substituted of halogen atom Represents a group or -Sp p2 -R p2 ,
R p1 and R p2 are each independently from the following formula (RI) to the formula (R-IX):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
In the formulas (RI) to (R-IX), each of R 2 to R 6 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms 1 to 5 halogenated alkyl groups, W is a single bond, -O- or methylene group, T is a single bond or -COO-, p, t and q are each independently 0, Represents one or two,
Sp p1 and Sp p2 each represent a spacer group, and Sp p1 and Sp p2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s- (wherein s is a group Represents an integer of 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to an aromatic ring)) and L p1 and L p2 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2- , -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCOOCH 2 -, - CH 2 OCOO -, - OCH 2 CH 2 O -, - CO-NR a -, - NR a -CO -, - SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S -, - OCO-CR a = CH-OCO -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O- , - (CH 2) z- O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z-, (C = O) -O- (CH 2) z -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CF 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 -Or -C≡C- (wherein, R a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and in the above formula, z represents an integer of 1 to 4). ,
M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Diyl group is represented, but M p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbon atom And may be substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group of a number of 1 to 12, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -R p1 .
M p1 has the following formulas (i-11) to (ix-11):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(Wherein * binds to Sp p1 and ** binds to L p1 or L p2 ),
M p3 has the following formulas (i-13) to (ix-13):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
( Wherein , * binds to Z p1 and ** binds to L p 2 ),
m p2 to m p4 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p1 and m p5 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, but when there are a plurality of Z p1 , May be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R p1 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R p2 , they may be the same They may be different, and when there are a plurality of Sp p1 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of Sp p2 , they may be the same or different, When a plurality of L p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of M p2 are present, they may be the same or different. It is preferable that it represents with the compound represented by these. In addition, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is contained singly or in combination.
 一般式(P)において、Zp1は-Spp2-Rp2であることが好ましく、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立して式(R-1)から式(R-3)のいずれかであることが好ましい。 In the general formula (P), Z p1 is preferably -Sp 2 -R p 2 and R 11 and R 12 are each independently any of the formulas (R-1) to (R-3) Is preferred.
 また、前記一般式(P)において、mp1+mp5が2以上であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the general formula (P), it is preferable that m p1 + m p5 be 2 or more.
 また、前記一般式(P)において、Lp1は、単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC-、-OCOC-、-COCO-、-CCOO-、-CF-、-CFO-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH)z-、-OCF-又は-C≡C-であることが好ましく、Lp2は、-OCHCHO-、-COOC-、-OCOC-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH)z-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH)z-、-COCO-又は-CCOO-であることが好ましく、前記式中のzは、1~4の整数であることが好ましい。 Further, in the general formula (P), L p1 represents a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z-O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) z -, - preferably or -C≡C-, L p2 is, -OCH 2 CH 2 O - - OCF 2, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z-O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O -(CH 2 ) z-, It is preferably -C 2 H 4 OCO- or -C 2 H 4 COO-, and z in the formula is preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
 また、前記一般式(P)のLp1およびLp2の少なくともいずれかが、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH)z-O-(C=O)-および-O-(C=O)-(CH)z-、-(C=O)-O-(CH)z-及び単結合からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 Further, at least one of L p1 and L p2 in the general formula (P) is — (CH 2 ) z —C (= O) —O—, — (CH 2 ) z —O— (C = O) At least one selected from the group consisting of-and -O- (C = O)-(CH 2 ) z-,-(C = O) -O- (CH 2 ) z- and a single bond preferable.
 また、前記一般式(P)において、Rp1及びRp2はそれぞれ独立して以下の式(R-1)から式(R-15):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
のいずれかがより好ましい。
Furthermore, in the general formula (P), R p1 and R p2 are each independently represented by the following formula (R-1) to the formula (R-15):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Is more preferable.
 また、前記一般式(P)のmp3は0、1、2又は3を表し、mp2が1の場合Lp1は単結合であり、mp2が2又は3の場合複数存在するLp1の少なくとも1つは単結合であることが好ましい。 Further, m p3 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when m p2 is 1, L p1 is a single bond, and when m p2 is 2 or 3, a plurality of L p1 is present Preferably, at least one is a single bond.
 また、前記一般式(P)のmp3は0、1、2又は3を表し、mp3が1の場合Mp2は1,4-フェニレン基であり、mp3が2又は3の場合複数存在するMp2のうち少なくともLp1を介してMp1と隣接するMp2は1,4-フェニレン基であることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (P), m p3 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and when m p3 is 1, M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, and when m p3 is 2 or 3, a plurality of them exist M p2 adjacent to M p1 through at least L p1 of M p2 which is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
 さらに、前記一般式(P)のmp3は0、1、2又は3を表し、Mp2の少なくとも1つが、1つ又は2つ以上のフッ素で置換されている1,4-フェニレン基であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, m p3 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and at least one of M p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group substituted with one or more fluorines. Is preferred.
 さらに、前記一般式(P)のmp4は0、1、2又は3を表し、Mp3の少なくとも1つが、1つ又は2つ以上のフッ素で置換されている1,4-フェニレン基であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, m p4 in the general formula (P) represents 0, 1, 2 or 3, and at least one of M p3 is a 1,4-phenylene group substituted with one or more fluorines. Is preferred.
 また、前記一般式(P)におけるスペーサー基(Spp1、Spp2、Spp4)としては、単結合、-OCH-、-(CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC-、-OCOC-、-(CH-、-COCO-、-CCOO-、-CH=CH-、-CF-、-CFO-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH-、-O-(CH-O-、-OCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-又は-C≡C-であることが好ましく、当該Zは1以上10以下の整数であることが好ましい。 Further, as the general formula (P) in the spacer group (Sp p1, Sp p2, Sp p4), a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - (CH 2) z O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - (CH 2) z -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 O-,-(CH 2 ) z -C (= O) -O-,-(CH 2 ) z -O- (C = O)-, -O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) z -, - O- (CH 2) z -O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH = CH It is preferable that -COO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH- or -C≡C-, and Z is an integer of 1 or more and 10 or less. Rukoto is preferable.
 一般式(P)の重合性液晶化合物は、一般式(P-a)、一般式(P-b)、一般式(P-c)および一般式(P-d)で表される化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound of the general formula (P) comprises compounds represented by the general formula (Pa), the general formula (Pb), the general formula (Pc) and the general formula (Pd) Preferably at least one compound selected from the group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 上記一般式(P-a)~一般式(P-d)中、Rp1及びRp2はそれぞれ独立して以下の式(R-I)から式(R-IX):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
のいずれかを表し、前記式(R-I)~(R-IX)中、R~Rはお互いに独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5個のアルキル基または炭素原子数1~5個のハロゲン化アルキル基であり、Wは単結合、-O-またはメチレン基であり、Tは単結合または-COO-であり、p、tおよびqはそれぞれ独立して、0、1または2を表し、
In the above general formula (P-a) to general formula (P-d), R p1 and R p2 each independently represent the following formula (R-I) to the formula (R-IX):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
In the formulas (RI) to (R-IX), each of R 2 to R 6 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or the number of carbon atoms 1 to 5 halogenated alkyl groups, W is a single bond, -O- or methylene group, T is a single bond or -COO-, p, t and q are each independently 0, Represents one or two,
 環Aおよび環Bはそれぞれ独立して、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン-2,6-ジイル基、フェナントレン-2,7-ジイル基、ピリジン-2,5-ジイル基、ピリミジン-2,5-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、インダン-2,5-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイル基を表すが、無置換であるか又は炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数1~12のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は-Rp1で置換されていていることが好ましく、 Ring A and ring B are each independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, anthracene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, pyridine-2,5- Diyl, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, indan-2,5-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1, Represents a 3-dioxane-2,5-diyl group, which is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbon atoms It is preferable that it is substituted by a group, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -R p1 ,
 環Cは以下の式(c-i)~(c-ix):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(式中、*でSpp1と結合し、**でLp5若しくはLp6と結合する。)のいずれかを表し、
Ring C has the following formulas (c-i) to (c-ix):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(Wherein, * binds to Sp p1 and ** binds to L p5 or L p6 ),
 Spp1及びSpp4はスペーサー基を表し、Xp1~Xp4は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子またはハロゲン原子を表すことが好ましく、 It is preferable that Sp p1 and Sp p4 represent a spacer group, and X p1 to X p4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom,
 Lp4、Lp5およびLp6はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-OCH-、-CHO-、-CO-、-C-、-COO-、-OCO-、-COOC-、-OCOC-、-COCO-、-CCOO-、-CH=CH-、-CF-、-CFO-、-(CH-C(=O)-O-、-(CH-O-(C=O)-、-O-(C=O)-(CH-、-(C=O)-O-(CH-、-O-(CH-O-、-OCF-、-CH=CHCOO-、-COOCH=CH-、-OCOCH=CH-又は-C≡C-であることが好ましく、前記式中のzは、1~4の整数であることが好ましい。 L p4, L p5 and L p6 each independently represent a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) z -C (= O) -O -, - (CH 2) z -O- (C = O) -, - O- (C = O) - (CH 2) z -, - (C = O) -O -(CH 2 ) z- , -O- (CH 2 ) z -O-, -OCF 2- , -CH = CHCOO-, -COOCH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH- or -C≡C- It is preferable that z in the above formula is an integer of 1 to 4.
 上記一般式(P-a)で表される化合物において、mp6およびmp7は、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2または3を表すことが好ましい。また、mp6+mp7=2~5であることがより好ましい。 In the compound represented by the above general formula ( Pa ), mp6 and mp7 each preferably represent 0, 1, 2 or 3. More preferably, m p6 + m p7 = 2 to 5.
 上記一般式(P-d)で表される化合物において、mp12及びmp15はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3を表し、mp13は、0、1、2又は3を表すことが好ましく、mp14は、0又は1を表すことが好ましい。また、mp12+mp15=2~5であることがより好ましい。Rp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Rp2が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp1が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Spp4が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、Lp4およびLp5が複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、環A~環Cが複数存在する場合にはそれらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In the compound represented by the above general formula (Pd), m p12 and m p15 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, and m p13 preferably represents 0, 1, 2 or 3. Preferably, m p14 represents 0 or 1. More preferably, m p12 + m p15 = 2 to 5. When a plurality of R p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and when a plurality of R p1 are present, they may be the same or different, and a plurality of R p2 are present case may they have the same or different and they when Sp p1 there are a plurality may be the same or different and the same they if Sp p4 there are multiple And when there are a plurality of L p4 and L p5 , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of rings A to C, they may be the same. Or may be different.
 一般式(P-b)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P-b-1)~式(P-b-34)で表される重合性液晶化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by Formula (Pb) include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the following Formula (Pb-1) to Formula (Pb-34).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(P-c)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P-c-1)~式(P-c-52)で表される重合性液晶化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Pc) include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the following formulas (Pc-1) to (Pc-52).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 一般式(P-d)で表される化合物は、以下の一般式(P-d’)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(上記一般式(P-d’)で表される化合物において、mp10は、2または3を表すことがより好ましい。その他の記号は上記一般式(p-d)と同一なので省略する。)
The compound represented by General Formula (Pd) is preferably a compound represented by the following General Formula (Pd ').
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(In the compound represented by the above general formula (Pd ′), it is more preferable that m p10 represents 2 or 3. The other symbols are the same as the above general formula (pd), and thus are omitted.)
 一般式(P-d)で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(P-d-1)~式(P-d-31)で表される重合性液晶化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by Formula (Pd) include polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by the following Formula (Pd-1) to Formula (Pd-31).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 「炭素原子数1~15個のアルキル基」は、直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基が好ましく、直鎖状のアルキル基がより好ましい。また、上記一般式(1)中、RおよびRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~15個のアルキル基であり、RおよびRはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8個のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~6個のアルキル基がより好ましい。 The “alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms” is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably a linear alkyl group. Further, in the above general formula (1), and R 1 and R 2 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and R 1 and R 2 are independently each a C 1 -C Eight alkyl groups are preferable, and alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferable.
 「炭素原子数1~15個のアルキル基」の例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、3-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、ペンタデシル基などが挙げられる。なお、本明細書中において、アルキル基の例は共通であり、各々のアルキル基の炭素原子数の数によって適宜上記例示から選択される。 Examples of “alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms” include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, 3-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group And pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl and pentadecyl groups. In addition, in this specification, the example of an alkyl group is common and is suitably selected from the said illustration by the number of carbon atoms of each alkyl group.
 「炭素原子数1~15個のアルコキシ基」の例は、該置換基中の少なくとも1個の酸素原子が環構造と直接結合する位置に存在することが好ましく、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基(n-プロポキシ基、i-プロポキシ基)、ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基、デシルオキシ基がより好ましい。なお、本明細書中において、アルコキシ基の例は共通であり、各々のアルコキシ基の炭素原子数の数によって適宜上記例示から選択される。 The example of “alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms” is preferably present at a position where at least one oxygen atom in the substituent is directly bonded to the ring structure, and a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group (N-propoxy group, i-propoxy group), butoxy group, pentyloxy group, octyloxy group, and decyloxy group are more preferable. In addition, in this specification, the example of an alkoxy group is common and is suitably selected from the said illustration by the number of carbon atoms of each alkoxy group.
 「炭素原子数2~15個のアルケニル基」の例は、ビニル基、アリル基、1-プロペニル基、イソプロペニル基、2-ブテニル基、3-ブテニル基、1,3-ブタジエニル基、2-ペンテニル基、3-ペンテニル基、2-ヘキセニル基等が挙げられる。また、より好ましいアルケニル基としては次に記載する式(i)(ビニル基)、式(ii)(1-プロペニル基)、式(iii)(3-ブテニル基)および式(iv)(3-ペンテニル基):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(上記式(i)~(iv)中、*は環構造への結合部位を示す。)
で表されるが、本願発明の液晶組成物が重合性モノマーを含有する場合は、式(ii)および式(iv)で表される構造が好ましく、式(ii)で表される構造がより好ましい。なお、本明細書中において、アルケニル基の例は共通であり、各々のアルケニル基の炭素原子数の数によって適宜上記例示から選択される。
Examples of “alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms” include vinyl group, allyl group, 1-propenyl group, isopropenyl group, 2-butenyl group, 3-butenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, 2- Examples include pentenyl group, 3-pentenyl group, 2-hexenyl group and the like. Further, as more preferable alkenyl groups, the following formula (i) (vinyl group), formula (ii) (1-propenyl group), formula (iii) (3-butenyl group) and formula (iv) (3-) Pentenyl group):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(In the above formulas (i) to (iv), * represents a binding site to a ring structure.)
When the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable monomer, the structures represented by the formulas (ii) and (iv) are preferable, and the structure represented by the formula (ii) is more preferable. preferable. In addition, in this specification, the example of an alkenyl group is common and is suitably selected from the said illustration by the number of carbon atoms of each alkenyl group.
 また、重合性化合物として、低分子液晶との溶解性を高めて結晶化を抑制するのに好ましい単官能性の反応基を有する、下記一般式(VI):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式中、Xは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Spは、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、tは2~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Vは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、Wは水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~15のアルキル基を表す。式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子が-CH、-OCH、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基に置換されていてもよい。)で表される重合性化合物が好ましく用いられる。
In addition, as a polymerizable compound, it has a monofunctional reactive group preferable for enhancing the solubility with a low molecular liquid crystal to suppress crystallization, and the following general formula (VI):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(Wherein, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein t is 2 to Represents an integer of 11 and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to an aromatic ring), and V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms The alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent, although an alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group is an oxygen atom) In the range not adjacent to each other, it may be substituted by an oxygen atom) or may be substituted by a cyclic substituent, and W represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. All 1,4-phenylene groups in Meaning hydrogen atoms -CH 3, -OCH 3, fluorine atom, or a cyano group may be substituted in. The polymerizable compound represented by) is preferably used.
 上記一般式(VI)において、Xは、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、反応速度を重視する場合には水素原子が好ましく、反応残留量を低減することを重視する場合にはメチル基が好ましい。 In the above general formula (VI), X 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, but a hydrogen atom is preferable when the reaction rate is important, and a methyl group is important when the reduction of the reaction residual amount is important. preferable.
 上記一般式(VI)において、Spは、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、tは2~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表すが、炭素鎖の長さがTgに影響を及ぼすので、重合性化合物の含有量が10重量%未満の場合に、あまり長くないことが好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、重合性化合物の含有量が6重量%未満の場合は、単結合又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。重合性化合物の含有量が10重量%以上の場合は、炭素数5~10のアルキレン基が好ましい。また、Spが-O-(CH-を表す場合も、tは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。さらに、配向膜を含む基板表面で炭素原子数がプレチルト角に影響を及ぼすので必要に応じて所望のプレチルト角が得られるようにSpの炭素原子数が異なる重合性化合物を複数混合して用いることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (VI), Sp 3 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) t- (wherein t represents an integer of 2 to 11 and an oxygen atom Represents an aromatic ring), but since the length of the carbon chain affects the Tg, it is preferably not so long when the content of the polymerizable compound is less than 10% by weight, A single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and when the content of the polymerizable compound is less than 6% by weight, a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% by weight or more, an alkylene group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. In addition, when Sp 3 represents -O- (CH 2 ) t- , t is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. Furthermore, since the number of carbon atoms affects the pretilt angle on the surface of the substrate including the alignment film, a plurality of polymerizable compounds having different numbers of carbon atoms of Sp 3 may be mixed and used as needed to obtain a desired pretilt angle Is preferred.
 上記一般式(VI)において、Vは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、2つ以上の環状置換基により置換されていることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (VI), V represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group May be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and the alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent Or cyclic substituent, and preferably substituted by two or more cyclic substituents.
 一般式(VI)で表される重合性化合物としては、更に具体的には、一般式(X1a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式中、Aは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
は単結合又は炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
及びAはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~17のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表わし、
及びAはそれぞれ独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~9のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
pは0~10を表し、
、B及びBは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1~10の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基(該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキル基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子は、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数3~6のトリアルコキシシリル基で置換されていてもよい。)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
More specifically, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (VI) is represented by the general formula (X1a):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(Wherein, A 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
A 2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (one or more methylene groups in the alkylene group each independently represent an oxygen atom, as the oxygen atom is not directly bonded to each other) It may be substituted by -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group May be represented by
Each A 3 and A 6 are independently a hydrogen atom, one, or two or more methylene groups in the alkyl group (the alkyl group of a halogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 to 10, the oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other And each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen Optionally substituted with an alkyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms.
A 4 and A 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (in which one or more methylene groups in the alkyl group, oxygen atoms do not bond directly to each other) And each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are each independently a halogen Optionally substituted with an alkyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms,
p represents 0 to 10,
B 1 , B 2 and B 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (one or more methylene groups in the alkyl group are And oxygen atoms which may not be directly bonded to each other may be each independently substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more in the alkyl group And each hydrogen atom may be independently substituted with a halogen atom or a trialkoxysilyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
 上記一般式(X1a)は、一般式(II-b)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
The compound represented by Formula (II-b) is preferable as the above Formula (X1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 一般式(II-b)で表される化合物は、具体的には下記式(II-q)~(II-z)、(II-aa)~(II-al)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Specifically, the compounds represented by the general formula (II-b) are compounds represented by the following formulas (II-q) to (II-z) and (II-aa) to (II-al) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 上記一般式(VI)、一般式(XaI)及び一般式(II-b)で表される化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。 The compounds represented by the general formula (VI), the general formula (XaI) and the general formula (II-b) may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
 また、一般式(VI)で表される重合性化合物としては、一般式(X1b)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(式中、Aは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、6員環T、T及びTはそれぞれ独立して
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
のいずれか(ただし、mは1から4の整数を表す。)を表し、
qは0又は1を表し、
及びYはそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、-(CH-、-CHCHCHO-、-OCHCHCH-、-CH=CHCHCH-又は-CHCHCH=CH-を表し、
及びYはそれぞれ独立して単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基(該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上のメチレン基は、酸素原子が相互に直接結合しないものとして、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の1個又は2個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子、メチル基又はエチル基で置換されていてもよい。)を表し、
は水素原子、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子又は炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、又は、末端がアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を有するアルキレン基を表す。)で表わす化合物も挙げられる。
Moreover, as the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (VI), a compound represented by the general formula (X1b)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(Wherein, A 8 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and the 6-membered ring T 1 , T 2 and T 3 are each independently
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(Where m represents an integer of 1 to 4), and
q represents 0 or 1;
Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —C≡C—, —CH = CH— , -CF = CF -, - ( CH 2) 4 -, - CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O -, - OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH = CHCH 2 CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 CH = Represents CH-,
Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (wherein one or more methylene groups in the alkylene group are such that oxygen atoms are not directly bonded to each other) And each may be independently substituted with an oxygen atom, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are each independently a fluorine atom or a methyl group Or an ethyl group which may be substituted),
B 8 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkylene group terminally having an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group. Also included are compounds represented by).
 例示化合物としては、以下の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定される訳ではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(eは、1~12の整数を表し、fは、0~12の整数を表し、R34は水素原子又はメチル基を表す。)
Exemplary compounds include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(E represents an integer of 1 to 12, f represents an integer of 0 to 12, and R 34 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
 さらに、一般式(VI)で表される重合性化合物としては、具体的には、一般式(X1c)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(式中、R70は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R71は縮合環を有する炭化水素基を表す。)で表される化合物も挙げられる。
Furthermore, as the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (VI), specifically, a compound represented by the general formula (X1c)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
(Wherein, R 70 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 71 represents a hydrocarbon group having a condensed ring).
 例示化合物としては、以下の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定される訳ではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(rは、1~12の整数を表し、sは、0~14の整数を表し、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表す。)
Exemplary compounds include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(R represents an integer of 1 to 12, s represents an integer of 0 to 14, and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group)
 また、重合性化合物として、低分子液晶との溶解性を高めて結晶化を抑制するのに好ましい多官能性の反応基を有する、下記一般式(V)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは1~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、kは1~5の整数を表す。式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子が-CH、-OCH、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基に置換されていてもよい。)で表される重合性化合物が好ましく用いられる。
In addition, as a polymerizable compound, it has a polyfunctional reactive group which is preferable for enhancing the solubility with a low molecular liquid crystal to suppress crystallization, and represented by the following general formula (V)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(Wherein, X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s- (wherein, s represents an integer of 1 to 11, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), and U represents a linear or branched multi chain having 2 to 20 carbon atoms And an alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and has 5 carbon atoms. ~ 20 alkyl group (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom as long as the oxygen atom is not adjacent) or may be substituted by a cyclic substituent, and k is an integer of 1 to 5 All 1,4-phenylenes in the formula Groups, any hydrogen atom is -CH 3, -OCH 3, fluorine atom, or a cyano group may be substituted in. The polymerizable compound represented by) is preferably used.
 上記一般式(V)において、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、反応速度を重視する場合には水素原子が好ましく、反応残留量を低減することを重視する場合にはメチル基が好ましい。 In the above general formula (V), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, but when importance is placed on the reaction rate, a hydrogen atom is preferable, and it is emphasized to reduce the residual amount of reaction If it is a methyl group is preferred.
 上記一般式(V)において、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2~11の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表すが、液晶表示素子におけるプレチルト角は該炭素原子数、液晶との含有量、及び用いる配向膜の種類や配向処理条件に影響される。配向膜表面で重合性化合物の分子構造に依存して自発的にプレチルト角を誘起するものを用いることが好ましい。したがって必ずしも限定されるものではないが、例えばプレチルト角を5度程度にする場合は、炭素鎖があまり長くないことが好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基がより好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。さらに、プレチルト角が2度程度以内にするには、炭素原子数を6~12の重合性化合物を用いることが好ましく、炭素原子数が8~10がより好ましい。また、Sp及びSpが-O-(CH-を表す場合も、プレチルト角に影響を及ぼすので適宜必要に応じてSp及びSpの長さを調整して用いることが好ましく、プレチルト角を増加させる目的ではsは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。プレチルト角を小さくする目的では、sは6~10が好ましい。また、Sp及びSpの少なくとも一方が、単結合であることで分子の非対称性が発現するためプレチルトを誘起するので好ましい。 In the above general formula (V), Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s- (wherein s is 2 to 11) And the oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), but the pretilt angle in the liquid crystal display element is the number of carbon atoms, the content with the liquid crystal, and the type of alignment film to be used and the alignment treatment conditions Affected by It is preferable to use one that spontaneously induces a pretilt angle depending on the molecular structure of the polymerizable compound on the alignment film surface. Therefore, although not necessarily limited, for example, when the pretilt angle is about 5 degrees, it is preferable that the carbon chain is not very long, a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a single bond Or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. Furthermore, in order to make the pretilt angle within 2 degrees, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 8 to 10 carbon atoms. In addition, since Sp 1 and Sp 2 also represent -O- (CH 2 ) s- because they affect the pretilt angle, it is preferable to adjust the lengths of Sp 1 and Sp 2 as needed. In order to increase the pretilt angle, s is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. For the purpose of reducing the pretilt angle, s is preferably 6 to 10. In addition, at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is preferably a single bond because it causes asymmetry of the molecule to induce pretilt.
 また、上記一般式(V)においてSp及びSpが同一である化合物も好ましく、Sp及びSpが同一である化合物を2種以上用いることが好ましい。この場合、互いにSp及びSpが異なった2種以上を用いることがより好ましい。 In addition, compounds in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 in the general formula (V) are identical are also preferable, and it is preferable to use two or more compounds in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 are identical. In this case, it is more preferable to use two or more species in which Sp 1 and Sp 2 are different from each other.
 上記一般式(V)において、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)、環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、2つ以上の環状置換基により置換されていることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (V), U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group May be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and the alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted by an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent ), Which may be substituted by a cyclic substituent, and preferably substituted by two or more cyclic substituents.
 上記一般式(V)において、Uは具体的には、以下の式(Va-1)から式(Va-23)を表すことが好ましい。アンカーリング力を高くするためには直線性が高いビフェニール等が好ましく、式(Va-1)から式(Va-6)を表すことが好ましい。また、式(Va-6)から式(Va-11)を表す構造は、液晶との溶解性が高い点で好ましく、式(Va-1)から式(Va-6)と組み合わせて用いることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (V), it is preferable that U specifically represents formulas (Va-1) to (Va-23) below. In order to increase the anchoring force, biphenyl or the like having high linearity is preferable, and it is preferable to represent Formula (Va-1) to Formula (Va-6). Further, the structures representing Formula (Va-6) to Formula (Va-11) are preferable in that they have high solubility with liquid crystals, and may be used in combination with Formula (Va-1) to Formula (Va-6) preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
(式中、両端はSp又はSpに結合するものとする。Zp1及びZp2はそれぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-、-C≡C-又は単結合を表す。式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子が、-CH、-OCH、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基に置換されていてもよい。また、シクロへキシレン基中の1つ又は2つ以上のCHCH基は-CH=CH-、-CFO-、-OCF-で置換されていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
(Wherein, both ends are bonded to Sp 1 or Sp 2. Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO- CH = CH -, - COO- CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CY 1 = CY 2 -, -. C≡C- or all of the 1,4-phenylene group represents in formula single bond And any hydrogen atom is -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , a fluorine atom or a cyano group Also, one or more CH 2 CH 2 groups in the cyclohexylene group may be substituted by —CHCHCH—, —CF 2 O— or —OCF 2 — Also good.)
 Uが環構造を有する場合、前記Sp及びSpは少なくとも一方が-O-(CH-(式中、sは1~7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表すことが好ましく、両方共に-O-(CH-であることも好ましい。 When U has a ring structure, at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 1 to 7 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring) It is preferable that both of them represent -O- (CH 2 ) s- .
 上記一般式(V)において、kは1~5の整数を表すが、kが1の二官能化合物、又はkが2の三官能化合物であることが好ましく、二官能化合物であることがより好ましい。 In the general formula (V), k represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably a bifunctional compound in which k is 1 or a trifunctional compound in which k is 2 and more preferably a bifunctional compound. .
 上記一般式(V)で表される化合物は、具体的には、以下の一般式(Vb)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
(式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは1~7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Zは-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(Y及びYはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、Cは1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)
Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (V) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Vb).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
(Wherein, X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s- (wherein, s represents an integer of 1 to 7, and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to an aromatic ring); Z 1 represents -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO -, - OCO -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO- , -COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - C 2 -OCO -, - CY 1 = CY 2 - (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.), - C≡C- or a single bond, C represents 1,4 Represents a phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, and in all the 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula, any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom)
 上記一般式(Vb)において、X及びXは、はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、いずれも水素原子を表すジアクリレート誘導体、又はいずれもメチル基を有するジメタクリレート誘導体が好ましく、一方が水素原子を表し、もう一方がメチル基を表す化合物も好ましい。これらの化合物の重合速度は、ジアクリレート誘導体が最も早く、ジメタクリレート誘導体が遅く、非対称化合物がその中間であり、その用途により好ましい態様を用いることができる。 In the above general formula (Vb), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, each of which represents a hydrogen atom, or a dimethacrylate derivative having a methyl group. Compounds in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group are also preferred. As for the polymerization rate of these compounds, the diacrylate derivative is the fastest, the dimethacrylate derivative is the slow, and the asymmetrical compound is the middle thereof, and a more preferable embodiment can be used depending on its use.
 上記一般式(Vb)において、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH)s-を表すが、少なくとも一方が-O-(CH)s-であることが好ましく、両方が-O-(CH)s-を表す態様がより好ましい。この場合、sは1~6が好ましい。 In the general formula (Vb), Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s-, but at least one of them is -O - (CH 2) is preferably s-, both -O- (CH 2) aspects representing the s- is more preferable. In this case, s is preferably 1 to 6.
 上記一般式(Vb)において、Zは、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(Y及びYはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表すが、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-又は単結合がより好ましく、単結合が特に好ましい。上記一般式(Vb)において、Cは任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表すが、1,4-フェニレン基又は単結合が好ましい。Cが単結合以外の環構造を表す場合、Zは単結合以外の連結基も好ましく、Cが単結合の場合、Zは単結合が好ましい。 In the above general formula (Vb), Z 1 represents -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -,- CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO- CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, -CY 1 = CY 2- (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom), -C≡C- or a single bond, but -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -C H 2 CH 2- , -CF 2 CF 2 -or a single bond is preferred, -COO-, -OCO- or a single bond is more preferred, and a single bond is particularly preferred. In the above general formula (Vb), C represents a 1,4-phenylene group in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond; -A phenylene group or a single bond is preferred. When C represents a ring structure other than a single bond, Z 1 is also preferably a linking group other than a single bond, and when C is a single bond, Z 1 is preferably a single bond.
 以上より、上記一般式(Vb)において、Cが単結合を表し、環構造が二つの環で形成される場合が好ましく、環構造を有する重合性化合物としては、具体的には以下の一般式(V-1)から(V-6)で表される化合物が好ましく、一般式(V-1)から(V-4)で表される化合物が特に好ましく、一般式(V-2)で表される化合物が最も好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
As mentioned above, in said general formula (Vb), C represents a single bond, and the case where a ring structure is formed by two rings is preferable, and as a polymeric compound which has ring structure, specifically, the following general formula Compounds represented by (V-1) to (V-6) are preferable, and compounds represented by general formulas (V-1) to (V-4) are particularly preferable, and the compound represented by general formula (V-2) is used. Compounds are most preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 また、上記一般式(Vb)において、以下の一般式(V1-1)から(V1-5)で表される化合物が液晶組成物との溶解性を高める上で好ましく、一般式(V1-1)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。 Further, in the above general formula (Vb), compounds represented by the following general formulas (V1-1) to (V1-5) are preferable in enhancing the solubility with the liquid crystal composition, and the general formula (V1-1) The compounds represented by) are particularly preferred.
 また、上記一般式(Vb)が三つの環構造で形成される場合も好ましく用いられ、一般式(V1-6)から(V1-13)で表される化合物が液晶組成物との溶解性を高める上で好ましい。さらに、液晶とのアンカーリング力が強い一般式(V-1)から(V-6)で表される化合物は、アンカーリング力が弱く液晶組成物との相溶性が良好な一般式(V1-1)から(V1-5)で表される化合物と混合して用いることも好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
(式中、q1及びq2は、それぞれ独立して1~12の整数を示し、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表す。)
In addition, the case where the above general formula (Vb) is formed with three ring structures is also preferably used, and the compounds represented by general formulas (V1-6) to (V1-13) have solubility with the liquid crystal composition. It is preferable for enhancing. Furthermore, compounds represented by general formulas (V-1) to (V-6) having strong anchoring power with liquid crystal have weak anchoring power and good compatibility with liquid crystal composition (V1-). It is also preferable to use it in combination with the compounds represented by 1) to (V1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
(Wherein, q1 and q2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 12, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.)
 上記一般式(V)で表される化合物としては、具体的には、以下の一般式(Vc)で表される化合物が、反応速度を高める点で好ましく、また、プレチルト角を熱的に安定化させるので好ましい。さらに、必要に応じてSp、Sp及びSpの炭素原子数を調整して所望のプレチルト角を得ることもできる。プレチルトと該炭素原子数の関係は、官能基が2個の場合と同様の傾向を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(式中、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2~7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Z11は、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、Jは1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)
Specifically as a compound represented by the said general formula (V), the compound represented by the following general formula (Vc) is preferable at the point which raises reaction rate, Moreover, a pretilt angle is thermally stabilized. It is preferable because it Furthermore, the number of carbon atoms of Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 can be adjusted as needed to obtain a desired pretilt angle. The relationship between the pretilt and the number of carbon atoms shows the same tendency as in the case of two functional groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(Wherein, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 , Sp 2 and Sp 3 each independently represent a single bond or 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Represents an alkylene group or -O- (CH 2 ) s- (wherein, s represents an integer of 2 to 7, and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to an aromatic ring), and Z 11 represents -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO -CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO-, -COO-CH 2- , -OCO-CH 2- , -CH 2 -COO-, -CH 2 -OCO-, -CY 1 = CY 2- , -C≡C- or a single bond, J represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or Represents a single bond, and in all the 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula, any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom)
[非重合性液晶化合物]
 重合性液晶組成物は、非重合性液晶化合物として、一般式(L):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
で表される化合物を含有してもよい。
[Non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound]
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition has a general formula (L) as a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
And a compound represented by
 式(L)中、
 RL1及びRL2は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nL1は、0、1、2又は3を表し、
 AL1、AL2及びAL3は、それぞれ独立して、
 (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されてもよい。)、
 (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)、及び
 (c) (c)ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されてもよい。)からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、前記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)は、それぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
 ZL1及びZL2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
In the formula (L),
R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- in the alkyl group are each independently -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, which may be substituted,
n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3 and
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group, (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 may be replaced by -O-.)
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =), and (c (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group) Or one -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N = And the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
When n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of AL 2, they may be the same or different from each other, and when n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of Z L2 , They may be identical to or different from one another.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は誘電的にほぼ中性の化合物(Δεの値が-2~2)に該当する。一般式(L)で表される化合物は単独で用いてもよいが、組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類である。あるいは別の実施形態では2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類であり、8種類であり、9種類であり、10種類以上である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (L) correspond to dielectric substantially neutral compounds (the value of Δε is −2 to 2). The compounds represented by formula (L) may be used alone or in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the desired performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type in one embodiment. Or in another embodiment, there are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, eight types, nine types, ten types or more. is there.
 本実施形態の組成物において、一般式(L)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present embodiment, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more , 30 mass% or more, 40 mass% or more, 50 mass% or more, 55 mass% or more, 60 mass% or more, 65 mass% or more, 70 mass% or more, It is 75 mass% or more, and is 80 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less and 25 mass% or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本実施形態の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性のよい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the composition of this embodiment is required to keep the viscosity low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Furthermore, it is preferable to keep the Tni of the composition of the present embodiment high, and in the case where a composition having good temperature stability is required, the lower limit mentioned above is high and the upper limit is high. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be low and the upper limit value be low.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRL1及びRL2はともにアルキル基であることが好ましく、化合物の揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合にはアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合には少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 When reliability is important, both R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is given to reducing the volatility of the compound, alkoxy groups are preferable, and viscosity reduction is important When doing, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
 分子内に存在するハロゲン原子は0、1、2又は3個が好ましく、0又は1が好ましく、他の液晶分子との相溶性を重視する場合には1が好ましい。 The number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and is preferably 0 or 1. When importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules, 1 is preferred.
 RL1及びRL2は、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 R L1 and R L2 are, when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms Alkoxy groups and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and in the case where the ring structure to which they are attached is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. An alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい(各式中の黒点は結合手を表す。)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the group represented by any of Formulas (R1) to (R5) (in the respective formulas, a black dot represents a bond).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 nL1は応答速度を重視する場合には0が好ましく、ネマチック相の上限温度を改善するためには2又は3が好ましく、これらのバランスをとるためには1が好ましい。また、組成物として求められる特性を満たすためには異なる値の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferable to improve the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferable to balance them. Moreover, in order to satisfy the characteristics required as a composition, it is preferable to combine compounds of different values.
 AL1、AL2及びAL3はΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
を表すことがより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。
A L 1 , A L 2 and A L 3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic to improve the response speed, and each of them is independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group , 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 It preferably represents a -diyl group or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, which has the following structure:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Is more preferably represented, and more preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
 ZL1及びZL2は応答速度を重視する場合には単結合であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that Z L1 and Z L2 be a single bond when the response speed is important.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は分子内のハロゲン原子数が0個又は1個であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atoms in the molecule.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1)~(L-7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
(式中、RL11及びRL12はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by formula (L-1) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
(Wherein, R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL11及びRL12は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 R L11 and R L12 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 好ましい含有量の下限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、45質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、95質量%以下であり、90質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、80質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、70質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. %, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, 40% by mass It is above, 45 mass% or more, 50 mass% or more, and 55 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, and 80% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 70% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass Or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本実施形態の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性のよい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が中庸で上限値が中庸であることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the composition of this embodiment is required to keep the viscosity low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is high and the upper limit value is high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present embodiment needs to keep Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is medium and the upper limit value is medium. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
The compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
(Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
 一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-1.1)から式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.2)又は式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
The compound represented by General Formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by Formula (L-1-1.1) to Formula (L-1-1.3) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.2) or the formula (L-1-1.3), in particular It is preferable that it is a compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, and 2% by mass or more. It is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
The compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
(Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、42質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. %, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above and is 35 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, and 30% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-2.1)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-2.2)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物は本実施形態の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-2.3)又は式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-2.3)及び式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解度をよくするために30質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.1) to Formula (L-1-2.4) The compound is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-1-2.2) to Formula (L-1-2.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present embodiment. When Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined, it is preferable to use a compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) or formula (L-1-2.4). It is not preferable that the content of the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.3) and Formula (L-1-2.4) be 30% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperature .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、38質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、43質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、32質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、27質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、22質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 10% by mass or more, and 15% by mass or more. 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 It is mass% or more, 38 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass It is below and is 22 mass% or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物及び式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、43質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、32質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、27質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、22質量%以下である。 Preferred content of the total of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment The lower limit is 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more And 40% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 32% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass It is below and is 22 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
(式中RL13及びRL14はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
The compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
(Wherein, L L13 and R L14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
 RL13及びRL14は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 R L13 and R L14 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、30質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、37質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、27質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass %, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 37% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 27% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass Or less, 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-3.1)から式(L-1-3.13)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)又は式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物は本実施形態の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物の合計の含有量は、低温での溶解度をよくするために20%以上にすることは好ましくない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1) to Formula (L-1-3.13) The compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present embodiment. In addition, when Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined, the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-) are used. It is preferable to use the compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-1-3.12) It is not preferable to make the content of 20% or more to improve the solubility at low temperature.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-1-3.1) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, and 2% by mass or more. 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 It is mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or less.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-4)及び/又は(L-1-5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
(式中RL15及びRL16はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
The compound represented by Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
(In the formula, R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
 RL15及びRL16は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。 R L15 and R L16 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, and 17% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, and 17% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-4)及び(L-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-4.1)から式(L-1-4.3)及び式(L-1-5.1)から式(L-1-5.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-4.2)又は式(L-1-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Furthermore, the compounds represented by general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) can be represented by formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-4.3) and The compound is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by L-1-5.1) to the formula (L-1-5.3), and the compound of the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L- The compound represented by 1-5.2) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、20質量%以下であり、17質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, and 2% by mass or more. 3 mass% or more, 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 It is mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 17% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or less.
 式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)及び式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。これら化合物の合計の含有量の好ましい含有量の下限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、80質量%以下であり、70質量%以下であり、60質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、37質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 Formula (L-1-1.3), Formula (L-1-2.2), Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1-1.3) 3.4), It is preferable to combine 2 or more types of compounds selected from the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.11) and Formula (L-1-3.12), -1.3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-4.2). The lower limit of the preferable content of the total content of these compounds is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. Mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% % Or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, and 35% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 80% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, and 50% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 37% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass Or less, 23% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less.
 組成物の信頼性を重視する場合には、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)及び式(L-1-3.4))で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、組成物の応答速度を重視する場合には、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 When importance is placed on the reliability of the composition, compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3) and Formula (L-1-3.4)) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the above, and when importance is attached to the response speed of the composition, it is represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the formula (L-1-2.2) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
(式中RL17及びRL18はそれぞれ独立してメチル基又は水素原子を表す。)
The compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
(In the formula, R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.)
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、60質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、50質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、42質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. %, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above and is 35 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, and 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, and 30% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-6.1)から式(L-1-6.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-6.1) to Formula (L-1-6.3) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
(式中、RL21及びRL22はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by formula (L-2) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
(Wherein, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL22は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、応答速度を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and conversely, when importance is placed on response speed, setting the content smaller is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-2.1)から式(L-2.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-2.1)、式(L-2.3)、式(L-2.4)及び式(L-2.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-2.1) to Formula (L-2.6), Compounds represented by (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
(式中、RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by formula (L-3) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
(Wherein, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or less.
 高い複屈折率を得る場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、高いTniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 In the case of obtaining a high birefringence, it is effective to set the content to a large value, and conversely, in the case of placing importance on high Tni, the effect is set to a small amount. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 さらに、一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-3.1)から式(L-3.7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-3.2)から式(L-3.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-3.1) to Formula (L-3.7), Compounds represented by (L-3.2) to (L-3.7) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
(式中、RL41及びRL42はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by formula (L-4) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
(Wherein, R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
 RL41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL42は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。) R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable. )
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 本実施形態の組成物において、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present embodiment, the content of the compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、26質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 23% by mass or more And 26 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less It is 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
The compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.2)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有していてもよいし、式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)で表される化合物を全て含んでいてもよい。 Depending on required properties such as low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) can be represented by the formula (L-4.1) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.2), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) Or all of the compounds represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3).
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.1)又は式(L-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、9質量%以上であり、11質量%以上であり、12質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、21質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) or Formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more. 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 It is mass% or more. The upper limit of the preferable content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 8 mass% or less.
 式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%以上であり、19質量%以上であり、24質量%以上であり、30質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 When both the compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by Formula (L-4.2) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment The lower limit value of the preferable content of is 15 mass% or more, 19 mass% or more, 24 mass% or more, and 30 mass% or more. The upper limit of the preferable content is 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less, It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, and 13 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.4)から式(L-4.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
The compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) to Formula (L-4.6), for example. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.5)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有していてもよい。 Depending on required properties such as low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) may be represented by the formula (L-4.4) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.5), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) It may be
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.4)又は式(L-4.5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、9質量%以上であり、11質量%以上であり、12質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、18質量%以上であり、21質量%以上である。好ましい上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) or Formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more. 5 mass% or more, 7 mass% or more, 9 mass% or more, 11 mass% or more, 12 mass% or more, 13 mass% or more, 18 mass% or more, 21 It is mass% or more. A preferable upper limit is 45 mass% or less, 40 mass% or less, 35 mass% or less, 30 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, 23 mass% or less, 20 mass% Or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 8% by mass or less.
 式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%以上であり、19質量%以上であり、24質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、好ましい上限値は、45質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 When both the compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by Formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment The lower limit value of the preferable content of is 15 mass% or more, 19 mass% or more, 24 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, and the preferable upper limit value is 45 mass% or less, 40 % By mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass % Or less and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.7)から式(L-4.10)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-4.9)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
The compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.7) to Formula (L-4.10), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-4. The compound represented by 9) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
(式中、RL51及びRL52はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
(Wherein, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
 RL51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL52は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 R L51 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R L52 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or a carbon atom of the carbon atoms 4-5 of 1-5 carbon atoms The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 本実施形態の組成物において、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present embodiment, the content of the compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、26質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 23% by mass or more And 26 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less It is 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.1)又は式(L-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-5.1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
The compound represented by Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.1) or Formula (L-5.2), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-5. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more. The upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.3)又は式(L-5.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
The compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.3) or Formula (L-5.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more. The upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.5)から式(L-5.7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、特に式(L-5.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
The compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-5.5) to Formula (L-5.7), and in particular It is preferable that it is a compound represented by L-5.7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more. The upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
(式中、RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、XL61及びXL62はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (L-6) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
(Wherein, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )
 RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、XL61及びXL62のうち一方がフッ素原子、他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。 Each of R L61 and R L62 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom Is preferred.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、26質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、40質量%以上である。本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。Δnを大きくすることに重点を置く場合には含有量を多くした方が好ましく、低温での析出に重点を置いた場合には含有量は少ない方が好ましい。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, and 23% by mass or more And 26 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, and 40 mass% or more. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less It is 30 mass% or less, 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less. When emphasis is placed on increasing Δn, it is preferable to increase the content, and when emphasis is put on precipitation at low temperature, it is preferable to reduce the content.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-6.1)から式(L-6.9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
The compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.1) to Formula (L-6.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から1種~3種類含有することが好ましく、1種~4種類含有することがさらに好ましい。また、選ぶ化合物の分子量分布が広いことも溶解性に有効であるため、例えば、式(L-6.1)又は(L-6.2)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.4)又は(L-6.5)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.6)又は式(L-6.7)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.8)又は(L-6.9)で表される化合物から1種類の化合物を選び、これらを適宜組み合わせることが好ましい。その中でも、式(L-6.1)、式(L-6.3)式(L-6.4)、式(L-6.6)及び式(L-6.9)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but it is preferable to include one to three of these compounds, and it is more preferable to include one to four. In addition, since a broad molecular weight distribution of the selected compound is also effective for solubility, for example, one compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) or (L-6.2), a compound of the formula (L- 6.4) or (L-6.5) from the compound represented by the formula (L-6.6) or the formula (L-6.7) It is preferable to select one type of compound from the compounds represented by -6.8) or (L-6.9) and appropriately combine them. Among them, they are represented by the formula (L-6.1), the formula (L-6.3), the formula (L-6.4), the formula (L-6.6) and the formula (L-6.9) It is preferred to include a compound.
 さらに、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-6.10)から式(L-6.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、その中でも、式(L-6.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.10) to Formula (L-6.17), for example. The compound represented by L-6.11) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、9質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, 3% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or more. , 7% by mass or more. The upper limit value of preferable content of these compounds is 20 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 13 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 9 mass% or less.
 一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
(式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるAL2及びAL3と同じ意味を表すが、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は一般式(L)におけるZL2と同じ意味を表し、XL71及びXL72はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (L-7) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
(Wherein, R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and A L71 and A L72 are each independently A L2 and A L2 in the general formula (L) A hydrogen having the same meaning as A L3 is represented, but each of hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be independently substituted by a fluorine atom, and Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
 式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は単結合又はCOO-が好ましく、単結合が好ましく、XL71及びXL72は水素原子が好ましい。 Wherein, R L71 and R L72 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably, A L71 and A L72 each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferably a hydrogen atom on a L71 and a L72 may be substituted by fluorine atoms independently, Z L71 is a single A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and X L71 and X L72 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて組み合わせる。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類である。 There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are combined according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types in one embodiment.
 本実施形態の組成物において、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present embodiment, the content of the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is the solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、2質量%以上であり、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、14質量%以上であり、16質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、30質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-7) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 2% by mass or more, and 3% by mass or more 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 14% by mass or more, 16% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content of the compound represented by Formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass or less It is 20 mass% or less, 18 mass% or less, 15 mass% or less, 10 mass% or less, and 5 mass% or less.
 本実施形態の組成物が高いTniの実施形態が望まれる場合は式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の実施形態が望まれる場合は含有量を少なめにすることが好ましい。 It is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7) when the composition of the present embodiment is desired to have a high Tni embodiment, and to contain a low viscosity embodiment is desired. It is preferred to reduce the amount.
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.1)から式(L-7.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.1) to Formula (L-7.4), and Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.11)から式(L-7.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.11) to Formula (L-7.13), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.21)から式(L-7.23)で表される化合物である。式(L-7.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21) to Formula (L-7.23). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.31)から式(L-7.34)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.31)及び/又は式(L-7.32)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) to Formula (L-7. 34), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) and / or a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 32) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.41)から式(L-7.44)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.41)及び/又は式(L-7.42)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.41) to Formula (L-7.44), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 41) and / or a compound represented by formula (L-7. 42) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.51)から式(L-7.53)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.51) to Formula (L-7.53).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
 重合性液晶組成物は、非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)又は(N-4):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる化合物を含有してもよい。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition is represented by the following formula (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) or (N-4) as a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
And a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by
 式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)中、
 RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31、RN32、RN41及びRN42は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、AN41及びAN42は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)、
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
(d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、ZN32、ZN41及びZN42は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、又は-C≡C-を表し、
 XN21は、水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 TN31は、-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
 XN41は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は-CH-を表し、
 YN41は、単結合又は-CH-を表し、
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31、nN32、nN41、及びnN42は、それぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は、それぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32及びZN11~ZN32がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nN41+nN42は0~3の整数を表すが、AN41、AN42、ZN41及びZN42がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 ただし、上記一般式(L)で表される化合物を除く。
In formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4),
R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups described above Two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -are each independently substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- May be
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41 and A N42 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =),
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N = And d) represent a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are Independently, it may be substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31, Z N32, Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O - , - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF-, Or -C≡C-,
X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom,
X N41 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or -CH 2- ,
Y N41 represents a single bond or -CH 2- ;
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 , n N32 , n N41 and n N42 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N21 N31 + n N32 is each independently 1, 2 or 3, and when there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be identical to or different from each other, n N41 + n N42 represents an integer of 0 to 3, but when a plurality of A N41 , A N42 , Z N41 and Z N42 exist, they may be identical to or different from each other.
However, the compound represented by the said general formula (L) is remove | excluded.
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)のいずれかで表される化合物は、Δεが負でその絶対値が3よりも大きな化合物であることが好ましい。 The compounds represented by any of the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4) are compounds in which the Δε is negative and the absolute value is larger than 3 Is preferred.
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)及び(N-4)中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31、RN32、RN41及びRN42はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) and (N-4), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 Each independently preferably represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms; An alkyl group having 1 to 5 atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. Group or alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable, alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is further preferable, and alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group) is more preferable Especially preferred .
 また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 When the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and carbon Alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain Preferred is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい(各式中の黒点は結合手を表す。)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the group represented by any of Formulas (R1) to (R5) (in the respective formulas, a black dot represents a bond).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、AN41及びAN42はそれぞれ独立してΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
を表すことがより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。
Preferably when A N11, A N12, A N21 , A N22, A N31, A N32, A N41 and A N42 is sought it is possible to increase the Δn each independently is an aromatic, a response speed In order to improve, aliphatic is preferable, and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3-fluoro-1,4- Phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] Octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6 Preferably represents a diyl group, which has the following structure:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Is more preferably represented, and more preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、ZN32、ZN41及びZN42はそれぞれ独立して、-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-CHO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-CHO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31, Z N32, Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently, -CH 2 O -, - CF 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF preferably it represents or a single bond, -CH 2 O - - 2 CF 2, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
 XN21はフッ素原子が好ましい。 X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 TN31は酸素原子が好ましい。 T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
 nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22、nN31+nN32及びnN41+nN42は、1又は2が好ましく、nN11が1でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が1でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN21が1でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN21が2でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN31が1でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、nN31が2でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、nN41が1でありnN42が0である組み合わせ、nN41が2でありnN42が0である組み合わせ、が好ましい。 1 or 2 is preferable, n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, n N11 is 2 and n N12 is n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 , n N31 + n N32 and n N41 + n N42 A combination of 0, n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1 combination, n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1 combination, n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is A combination of 2 and n N22 is 0, a combination of n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, a combination of n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0, n N41 is 1 and n N42 is 0 Preferred is a combination in which n N41 is 2 and n N42 is 0.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、50質量%以上であり、55質量%以上であり、60質量%以上であり、65質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であり、75質量%以上であり、80質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95質量%以下であり、85質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であり、65質量%以下であり、55質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、20質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-4) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, 50% by mass or more, 55% by mass or more, 60% by mass or more, 65% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more And 75% by mass or more and 80% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 95 mass% or less, 85 mass% or less, 75 mass% or less, 65 mass% or less, 55 mass% or less, 45 mass% or less, It is 35 mass% or less, 25 mass% or less, and 20 mass% or less.
 本実施形態の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。さらに、本実施形態の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性のよい組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。 In the case where a composition having a high response speed is required while keeping the viscosity of the composition of this embodiment low, it is preferable that the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. Furthermore, it is preferable to keep the Tni of the composition of the present embodiment high, and when the composition having a good temperature stability is required, the lower limit described above is low and the upper limit is low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be high and the upper limit value be high.
 一般式(N-1)で表される化合物として、下記の一般式(N-1a)~(N-1g)で表される化合物群を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
(式中、RN11及びRN12は一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表し、nNa11は0又は1を表し、nNb11は0又は1を表し、nNc11は0又は1を表し、nNd11は0又は1を表し、nNe11は1又は2を表し、nNf11は1又は2を表し、nNg11は1又は2を表し、ANe11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、ANg11はトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すが少なくとも1つは1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基を表し、ZNe11は単結合又はエチレンを表すが少なくとも1つはエチレンを表す。)
Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following General Formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
(Wherein, R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n NB11 represents 0 or 1, n NC11 is represents 0 or 1, n Nd11 represents 0 or 1, n NE11 is 1 or 2, n Nf11 is 1 or 2, n NG11 is 1 or 2, a NE11 is trans-1,4 And A Ng 11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one of Represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, Z Ne11 represents a single bond or ethylene, but at least one represents ethylene).
 より具体的には、一般式(N-1)で表される化合物は、一般式(N-1-1)~(N-1-21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 More specifically, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21) Is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
(式中、RN111及びRN112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
( Wherein , R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基、ペンチル基又はビニル基が好ましい。RN112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group. RN 112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group or butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% %, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% It is above, is 33 mass% or more, and is 35 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less It is.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-1.1)から式(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)及び式(N-1-1.3)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-1.1) to Formula (N-1-1.22) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) and (N The compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
 式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1.1.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used. The lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of these is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, and 17% by mass More than, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% or more, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more It is. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less It is.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
(式中、RN121及びRN122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by formula (N-1-2) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
(Wherein, R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in general formula (N).)
 RN121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。RN122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はプロポキシ基が好ましい。 RN 121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group. R N 122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group is preferable.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting it smaller is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set a larger value. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上であり、37質量%以上であり、40質量%以上であり、42質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、50質量%以下であり、48質量%以下であり、45質量%以下であり、43質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass or more, and 10% by mass %, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% It is above, 30 mass% or more, 33 mass% or more, 35 mass% or more, 37 mass% or more, 40 mass% or more, 42 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 48% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, and 43% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 38% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, and 23% by mass Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less 6% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)、式(N-1-2.13)及び式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、Δεの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)で表される化合物が好ましく、TNIの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)及び式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、応答速度の改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.20)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula Preferred are the compounds represented by (N-1-2.13) and the formula (N-1-2.20), and in the case of emphasizing the improvement of .DELTA..epsilon. is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and in the case of focusing on the improvement of the response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
 式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下であり、3質量%以下である。 The compounds represented by Formula (N-1-2.1) to Formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used. The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of substances is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass % Or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 33% by mass or more, 35% by mass It is above. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less It is.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
(式中、RN131及びRN132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by formula (N-1-3) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
( Wherein , R N 131 and R N 132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in general formula (N).)
 RN131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数3~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、1-プロペニル基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and 1-propenyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group or butoxy group is preferable .
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-3.1)から式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.7)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)、式(N-1-3.2)、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3-21) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and formula (N-1-3.21) are preferable. -1-3.1), the formula (N-1-3.2), the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3.6) The compounds represented by) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
 式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)、式(N-1-3.6)及び式(N-1-3.21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、式(N-1-3.1)及び式(N-1-3.2)の組み合わせ、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)から選ばれる2種又は3種の組み合わせが好ましい。本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formulas (N-1-3.6) and the formulas (N-1 3.21) can be used alone. Although it is possible to use in combination or in combination, a combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), a formula (N-1-3.3) Or a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6). The lower limit of the preferable content of one or more of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, and 15% by mass or more And 17% by mass or more and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
(式中、RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-4) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
( Wherein , each of R N 141 and R N 142 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).)
 RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Preferred is a group or butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、11質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 7% by mass % Or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass It is below.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-4.1)から式(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)、式(N-1-4.2)及び式(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1 -4.1) to Formula (N-1 -4.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1 -4.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) and (N Preferred are the compounds represented by -1-4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
 式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、7質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、11質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used. The lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of these is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, 7% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% by mass It is the above, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, and 20 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 11% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass It is below.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
(式中、RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
( Wherein , R N 151 and R N 152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).)
 RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましくエチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 Each of R N151 and R N152 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group Is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting it smaller is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set a larger value. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、8質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, and 10% by mass % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, and 28% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-5.1)から式(N-1-5.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-5.1) to Formula (N-1-5.6) The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
 式(N-1-5.1)、式(N-1-5.2)及び式(N-1-5.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、8質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1), (N-1-5.2) and (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferred content of one or more of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of this embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 8% by mass or more, and 10% by mass or more. Yes, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 33% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, and 28% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
(式中、RN1101及びRN1102はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-10) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
(Wherein, each of RN 1101 and RN 1102 independently represents the same meaning as RN 11 and RN 12 in General Formula (N)).
 RN1101は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基が好ましい。RN1102は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1101 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N 1102 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本実施形態の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-10)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-10.1)から式(N-1-10.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)~(N-1-10.5)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)又は式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-10.1) to Formula (N-1-10.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) or (N- The compound represented by -1-10.2) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
 式(N-1-10.1)又は式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) or the formula (N-1-10.2) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used. The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of substances is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass % Or more and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
(式中、RN1111及びRN1112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
( Wherein , each of R N 1111 and R N 11 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).)
 RN1111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は1-プロペニル基が好ましい。RN1112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N 1112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content lower is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-11)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-11.1)から式(N-1-11.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.1)~(N-1-11.14)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.2)及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-11.1) to Formula (N-1-11.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14) are preferable. The compound represented by -1-11.4) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
 式(N-1-11.2)及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of this embodiment can be used. The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of substances is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass % Or more and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
(式中、RN1121及びRN1122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-12) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
(Wherein, R N1121 and R N1122 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN1121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN 1122 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-12)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
(式中、RN1131及びRN1132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-13) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
(Wherein, R N1131 and R N1132 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN1131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-13)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
(式中、RN1141及びRN1142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
( Wherein , each of R N 1141 and R N 114 2 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).)
 RN1141は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1142は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1141 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN 1142 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本実施形態の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-14)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
(式中、RN1151及びRN1152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-15) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
(Wherein, R N1151 and R N1152 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN1151は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1152は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1151 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1152 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-15)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
(式中、RN1161及びRN1162はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
(Wherein, R N1161 and R N1162 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN1161は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1162は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1161 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1162 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-16)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
(式中、RN1171及びRN1172はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
(Wherein, R N1171 and R N1172 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN1171は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1172は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1171 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN 1172 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-17)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
(式中、RN1181及びRN1182はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-18) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
( Wherein , each of R N1181 and R N1182 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N).)
 RN1181は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1182は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 R N 1181 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1182 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-18.1)から式(N-1-18.5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-18.1)~(N-1-11.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-18.2及び式(N-1-18.3)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-18.1) to Formula (N-1-18.5) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-11.3) are preferable. The compound represented by 1-18.3) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000145
(式中、RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-20) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000145
(Wherein, R N1201 and R N1202 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 Each of R N1201 and R N1202 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-20)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000146
(式中、RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000146
( Wherein , each of R N 1211 and R N 12 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in general formula (N).)
 RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 Each of R N1211 and R N1212 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 5% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, and 13% % Or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, and 13% by mass or less.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
(式中、RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-22) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
(Wherein, R N1221 and R N1222 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N).)
 RN1221及びRN1222はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 Each of R N1221 and R N1222 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
 一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, but two or more compounds can also be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content It is effective to set up to Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-21)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり20質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、35質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 1% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. % Or more, 13% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 17% by mass or more, and 20% by mass or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, and 25% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-22)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-22.1)から式(N-1-22.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.5)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-22.1)~(N-1-22.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-22.1) to Formula (N-1-22.12) Are preferably compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
 一般式(N-3)で表される化合物は一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
(式中、RN321及びRN322はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
The compound represented by General Formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
( Wherein , R N 321 and R N 322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N).)
 RN321及びRN322は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。 Each of R N321 and R N322 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
 一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The types of compounds used are, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, and five or more types in one embodiment.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
 本実施形態の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-3-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%以上であり、5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であり、13質量%以上であり、15質量%以上であり、17質量%以上であり、20質量%以上であり、23質量%以上であり、25質量%以上であり、27質量%以上であり、30質量%以上であり、33質量%以上であり、35質量%以上である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本実施形態の組成物の総量に対して、50質量%以下であり、40質量%以下であり、38質量%以下であり、35質量%以下であり、33質量%以下であり、30質量%以下であり、28質量%以下であり、25質量%以下であり、23質量%以下であり、20質量%以下であり、18質量%以下であり、15質量%以下であり、13質量%以下であり、10質量%以下であり、8質量%以下であり、7質量%以下であり、6質量%以下であり、5質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment is 3% by mass or more, 5% by mass or more, and 10% by mass. %, 13 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, 17 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, 23 mass% or more, 25 mass% or more, 27 mass% It is above, is 30 mass% or more, is 33 mass% or more, and is 35 mass% or more. The upper limit value of the preferable content is 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 38% by mass or less, and 35% by mass or less based on the total amount of the composition of the present embodiment. % Or less, 30% by mass or less, 28% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass Or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8% by mass or less, 7% by mass or less, 6% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or less.
 さらに、一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物は、式(N-3-2.1)から式(N-3-2.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-3-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-3-2.1) to Formula (N-3-2.3) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
 上記一般式(N-4)で表される化合物は、以下の一般式(N-4-1)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
(式中、RN41及びRN42はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表すが、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよい。)
The compound represented by General Formula (N-4) is preferably a compound represented by the following General Formula (N-4-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
(Wherein, R N41 and R N42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, but one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -in the alkyl group are each independently Optionally substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-.
 一般式(N-4-1)において、RN41及びRN42は、それぞれ独立して1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-がそれぞれ独立して-O-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又アルコキシ基であることが好ましい。特に優れた誘電率異方性を示すために、アルコキシ基である事が好ましい。 In the general formula (N-4-1), each of R N41 and R N42 independently represents one or non-adjacent two or more —CH 2 — each independently as —O—, —COO— or — It preferably represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which may be substituted by OCO—, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group. In order to exhibit particularly excellent dielectric anisotropy, an alkoxy group is preferable.
 一般式(N-4-1)で表される化合物は、具体的には、式(N-4-1.1)から式(N-4-1.9)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-4-1.1)から式(N-4-1.5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-4-1.3)の化合物であることが好ましい。式(N-4-1.1)から式(N-4-1.9)で表される化合物は、液晶組成物の低温保存性を向上する観点から、2種以上を併用することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
Specifically, the compound represented by General Formula (N-4-1) is selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-4-1.1) to Formula (N-4-1.9) It is preferable that it is a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formula (N-4-1.1) to formula (N-4-1.5); The compound of -1.3) is preferred. It is preferable to use two or more of the compounds represented by Formula (N-4-1.1) to Formula (N-4-1.9) in combination from the viewpoint of improving the low temperature storage stability of the liquid crystal composition. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
 重合性液晶組成物は、非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(J):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる化合物を含有してもよい。上記式(J)で表される化合物は、誘電的に正の化合物(Δεが2より大きい。)に該当する。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition is a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (J):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
And a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by The compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (J) corresponds to a dielectrically positive compound (Δε is larger than 2).
 上記式(J)中、
 RJ1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
 AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3は、それぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていてもよく、
 ZJ1及びZJ2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。
 ただし、上記一般式(L)で表される化合物を除く。
In the above formula (J),
R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- in the alkyl group are each independently -CH = CH-,- It may be substituted by C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
(B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =) and (c) ) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1, One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N =)
And hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b) and (c) are each independently a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group It may be substituted by a group or trifluoromethoxy group,
Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O -, -COO-, -OCO- or -C≡C-,
When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of A J2 , they may be the same or different from each other, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of Z J1 If so, they may be identical or different from one another.
X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group.
However, the compound represented by the said general formula (L) is remove | excluded.
 非重合性液晶化合物は、式(J)で表される化合物として、一般式(M)で表される化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
(式中、RM1は炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nM1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
 AM1及びAM2はそれぞれ独立して、
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-又は-S-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)及び基(b)上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
 ZM1及びZM2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nM1が2、3又は4であってAM2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nM1が2、3又は4であってZM1が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、
 XM1及びXM3はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 XM2は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。)
The non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound preferably contains, as a compound represented by the formula (J), one or more compounds represented by the general formula (M).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
(Wherein, R M1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two non-adjacent -CH 2 -in the alkyl group are each independently -CH = CH-,- It may be substituted by C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
n M1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and
A M1 and A M2 are each independently
(A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be replaced by -O- or -S- And (b) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be replaced by -N =)
And hydrogen atoms on the above groups (a) and (b) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z M1 and Z M2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, Represents -COO-, -OCO- or -C≡C-,
When n M1 is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of AM 2 , they may be the same or different, and n M1 is 2, 3 or 4 and a plurality of Z M1 is present If they are identical or different,
X M1 and X M3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom,
X M2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. )
[重合開始剤]
 重合性液晶組成物における重合性化合物の重合方法としては、ラジカル重合、アニオン重合、カチオン重合等を用いることが可能であるが、ラジカル重合により重合することが好ましく、光フリース転位によるラジカル重合、光重合開始剤によるラジカル重合がより好ましい。したがって、重合開始剤は、好ましくはラジカル重合開始剤である。
[Polymerization initiator]
As a polymerization method of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, radical polymerization, anion polymerization, cationic polymerization and the like can be used, but polymerization by radical polymerization is preferable, and radical polymerization by light fleece rearrangement, light More preferred is radical polymerization with a polymerization initiator. Thus, the polymerization initiator is preferably a radical polymerization initiator.
 ラジカル重合開始剤としては、熱重合開始剤、光重合開始剤を用いることができるが、光重合開始剤が好ましい。具体的には以下の化合物が好ましい。 As a radical polymerization initiator, although a thermal polymerization initiator and a photoinitiator can be used, a photoinitiator is preferable. Specifically, the following compounds are preferred.
 ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-プロピル)ケトン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、2-メチル-2-モルホリノ(4-チオメチルフェニル)プロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン、4’-フェノキシアセトフェノン、4’-エトキシアセトフェノン等のアセトフェノン系;
 ベンゾイン、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル等のベンゾイン系;
 2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィンオキサイド系;
 ベンジル、メチルフェニルグリオキシエステル系;
 ベンゾフェノン、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジクロロベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチル-ジフェニルサルファイド、アクリル化ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2,5-ジメチルベンゾフェノン、3,4-ジメチルベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン系;
 2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジクロロチオキサントン等のチオキサントン系;
 ミヒラーケトン、4,4’-ジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン等のアミノベンゾフェノン系;
 10-ブチル-2-クロロアクリドン、2-エチルアンスラキノン、9,10-フェナンスレンキノン、カンファーキノン等が好ましい。この中でも、ベンジルジメチルケタールが最も好ましい。
 また、ラジカルの寿命や反応性を考慮して複数の重合開始剤を用いることも好ましい。
Diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, benzyl dimethyl ketal, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 4- ( 2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl- (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, 2-methyl-2-morpholino (4-thiomethylphenyl) propan-1-one, 2-benzyl- Acetophenones such as 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone, 4'-phenoxyacetophenone, 4'-ethoxyacetophenone;
Benzoins such as benzoin, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether;
Acyl phosphine oxides such as 2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl diphenyl phosphine oxide;
Benzyl, methyl phenylglyoxy ester type;
Benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyl-diphenyl sulfide, acrylated benzophenone, 3,3 ', 4,4' Benzophenones such as tetra- (t-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,5-dimethylbenzophenone, 3,4-dimethylbenzophenone and the like;
Thioxanthones such as 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone;
Aminobenzophenones such as Michler's ketone, 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone;
Preferred are 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone and the like. Among these, benzyl dimethyl ketal is most preferable.
It is also preferable to use a plurality of polymerization initiators in consideration of the lifetime and reactivity of the radical.
 以上説明した重合性液晶組成物は、一軸性の光学異方性、又は一軸性の屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向を有するポリマーネットワークを形成するものであることが好ましく、該ポリマーネットワークの光学軸又は配向容易軸と低分子液晶の配向容易軸が略一致するように形成されていることがより好ましい。なお、該ポリマーネットワークには、複数のポリマーネットワークが集合することにより高分子薄膜を形成したポリマーバインダも含まれる。ポリマーバインダは、一軸配向性を示す屈折率異方性を有しており、該薄膜に低分子液晶が分散され、該薄膜の一軸性の光学軸と低分子液晶の光学軸が略同一方向へ揃っていることが特徴である。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition described above preferably forms a polymer network having uniaxial optical anisotropy, uniaxial refractive index anisotropy, or easy axis direction of alignment, and the polymer network It is more preferable that the optical axis or the easy axis of alignment and the easy axis of alignment of the low molecular weight liquid crystal be formed to substantially coincide with each other. The polymer network also includes a polymer binder in which a plurality of polymer networks are aggregated to form a polymer thin film. The polymer binder has refractive index anisotropy exhibiting uniaxial orientation, and a low molecular weight liquid crystal is dispersed in the thin film, and the uniaxial optical axis of the thin film and the optical axis of the low molecular weight liquid crystal are in substantially the same direction. It is a feature that it is complete.
 したがって、これにより、光散乱型液晶である高分子分散型液晶又はポリマーネットワーク型液晶とは異なり光散乱が起こらず偏光を用いた液晶素子において高コントラストな表示が得られる点と、立下り時間を短くして液晶素子の応答性を向上させることが特徴である。さらに、重合性液晶組成物は、ポリマーネットワーク層を液晶素子全体に形成させるものであり、液晶素子基板上にポリマーの薄膜層を形成させてプレチルトを誘起させるPSA(Polymer Sustained Alignment)型液晶組成物とは異なる。 Therefore, unlike the polymer dispersed liquid crystal or polymer network liquid crystal which is a light scattering type liquid crystal, light scattering does not occur and a high contrast display can be obtained in a liquid crystal element using polarized light, and a falling time. It is characterized in that the response is improved by shortening the liquid crystal element. Furthermore, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition forms a polymer network layer on the entire liquid crystal element, and forms a thin film layer of a polymer on a liquid crystal element substrate to induce a pretilt, and a liquid crystal composition of PSA (Polymer Sustained Alignment) type. It is different from
 本実施形態に係る重合性液晶組成物では、重合性化合物(A)を用いていることにより、繊維状又は柱状のポリマーネットワークを形成することが可能となる。重合性化合物(A)は、トランス体において低分子液晶と同様の棒状の形態になり、低分子液晶の配向状態へ影響を及ぼす。該トランス体は、紫外線をセル上面から平行光として照射すると紫外線の進む方向と該棒状の分子長軸方向が平行になるように揃い、低分子液晶も同時に該トランス体の分子長軸方向へ揃うように配向する。セルに対して傾斜して紫外線を照射すると、該トランス体の分子長軸が傾斜方向に向き液晶を紫外線の傾斜方向へ配向させるようになる。すなわち、プレチルト角を誘起するようになり光配向機能を示す。この段階で重合性化合物を架橋させると、誘起したプレチルト角が重合相分離で形成された繊維状又は柱状のポリマーネットワークにより固定化される。 In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to the present embodiment, by using the polymerizable compound (A), it is possible to form a fibrous or columnar polymer network. The polymerizable compound (A) has a rod-like form similar to the low molecular weight liquid crystal in the trans form, and affects the alignment state of the low molecular weight liquid crystal. When the trans-body is irradiated with ultraviolet light as parallel light from the top of the cell, the direction in which the ultraviolet light travels is aligned with the long axis direction of the rod-like molecule, and low molecular liquid crystals are also aligned simultaneously with the molecular long axis of the trans To be oriented. When the cell is inclined and irradiated with ultraviolet light, the long molecular axis of the transformer body is oriented in the inclined direction so that the liquid crystal is oriented in the inclined direction of the ultraviolet light. That is, a pretilt angle is induced to exhibit a photoalignment function. When the polymerizable compound is crosslinked at this stage, the induced pretilt angle is immobilized by the fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by the polymerization phase separation.
 重合性化合物(A)の反応速度は、それ以外の重合性化合物の反応速度より遅いことが好ましい。紫外線照射されると、直ちに光配向機能を有する重合性化合物はトランス体になり光の進む方向に配向すると、周囲の重合性を含む液晶化合物も同様の方向へ配向する。このとき、重合相分離が進行して低分子液晶長軸方向とポリマーネットワークの配向容易軸方向が光配向機能を有する重合性化合物の配向容易軸と同一方向へ揃い紫外線光が進む方向へプレチルト角が誘起される。 The reaction rate of the polymerizable compound (A) is preferably slower than the reaction rate of the other polymerizable compounds. When irradiated with ultraviolet light, the polymerizable compound having a photoalignment function immediately turns into a trans form, and when it is aligned in the direction in which light travels, the liquid crystal compound including the surrounding polymerizability aligns in the same direction. At this time, the polymer phase separation proceeds, and the direction of the easy axis of alignment of the low molecular weight liquid crystal and the alignment easy axis of the polymer network aligns in the same direction as the easy axis of alignment of the polymerizable compound having a photoalignment function. Is induced.
 重合性液晶組成物においては、Tgの異なる重合性化合物を少なくとも二種類含有させてTgを調整することが好ましい。Tgが高いポリマーの前駆体である重合性化合物は、架橋密度が高くなる分子構造を有する重合性化合物であって、官能基数が2以上であることが好ましい。また、Tgが低いポリマーの前駆体は、官能基数が1であるか、又は2以上であって、官能基間にスペーサとしてアルキレン基等を有し分子長を長くした構造であることが好ましい。ポリマーネットワークの熱的安定性や耐衝撃性向上に対応することを目的にポリマーネットワークのTgを調整する場合、多官能モノマーと単官能モノマーの比率を適宜調整することが好ましい。 In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is preferable that at least two kinds of polymerizable compounds having different Tg be contained to adjust the Tg. The polymerizable compound which is a precursor of a polymer having a high Tg is a polymerizable compound having a molecular structure in which the crosslink density is high, and the number of functional groups is preferably 2 or more. The polymer precursor having a low Tg preferably has one or two or more functional groups, and preferably has a structure in which an alkylene group or the like is provided as a spacer between the functional groups to increase the molecular length. When adjusting the Tg of the polymer network in order to cope with the thermal stability and impact resistance improvement of the polymer network, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the ratio of the polyfunctional monomer and the monofunctional monomer.
 また、Tgはポリマーネットワークの主鎖、及び側鎖における分子レベルの熱的な運動性とも関連しており、電気光学特性にも影響を及ぼしている。例えば、架橋密度を高くすると主鎖の分子運動性が下がり低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力が高まり駆動電圧が高くなると共に立下り時間が短くなる。一方、Tgが下がるように架橋密度を下げるとポリマー主鎖の熱運動性が上がることにより、低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力が下がり駆動電圧が下がり立下り時間が長くなる傾向を示す。ポリマーネットワーク界面におけるアンカーリング力は、上述のTgの他にポリマー側鎖の分子運動性にも影響され、多価分岐アルキレン基、及び多価アルキル基を有する重合性化合物を用いることでポリマー界面のアンカーリング力が下げられる。また、多価分岐アルキレン基、及び多価アルキル基を有する重合性化合物は、基板界面でプレチルト角を誘起させるのに有効で極角方向のアンカーリング力を下げる方向に作用する。 Tg is also related to molecular-level thermal mobility in the main chain and side chain of the polymer network, and also affects electro-optical properties. For example, when the crosslinking density is increased, the molecular mobility of the main chain is reduced, the anchoring force with the low molecular weight liquid crystal is increased, the driving voltage is increased, and the falling time is shortened. On the other hand, when the crosslinking density is lowered so as to lower the Tg, the thermal mobility of the polymer main chain is increased, whereby the anchoring force with the low molecular weight liquid crystal is lowered and the driving voltage tends to be lowered. The anchoring force at the polymer network interface is also influenced by the molecular mobility of the polymer side chain in addition to the above-mentioned Tg, and by using a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent branched alkylene group and a polyvalent alkyl group, The anchoring force is reduced. The polymerizable compound having a polyvalent branched alkylene group and a polyvalent alkyl group is effective for inducing a pretilt angle at the substrate interface and acts to lower the anchoring force in the polar angle direction.
 重合性液晶組成物が液晶相を示した状態で、重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物を重合させることにより、重合性化合物の分子量が増加して液晶組成物と重合性化合物を相分離させる。二相に分離する形態は、含有する液晶化合物の種類や重合性化合物の種類に大きく依存して異なる。液晶相中に重合性化合物相が無数に島状の核として発生して成長するバイノーダル分解で相分離構造を形成してもよく、液晶相と重合性化合物相との濃度の揺らぎから相分離するスピノーダル分解により相分離構造を形成してもよい。 By polymerizing the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition while the polymerizable liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase, the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is increased to cause phase separation of the liquid crystal composition and the polymerizable compound. . The form of separation into two phases is largely dependent on the type of liquid crystal compound contained and the type of polymerizable compound. In the liquid crystal phase, a polymerizable compound phase may be generated as an island-like nucleus innumerably to form a phase separation structure by bimodal decomposition, and the phase separation may be performed from the fluctuation of the concentration of the liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase. The phase separation structure may be formed by spinodal decomposition.
 バイノーダル分解によるポリマーネットワークを形成させるには、少なくとも低分子液晶の含有量を85質量%以上にするのが好ましく、重合性化合物の反応速度が速い化合物を用いることにより可視光の波長より小さい大きさの重合性化合物の核を無数に発生させてナノオーダーの相分離構造が形成されるので好ましい。結果として重合性化合物相における重合が進むと相分離構造に依存して可視光の波長より短い空隙間隔のポリマーネットワークが形成され、一方、ポリマーネットワークの空隙は低分子液晶相の相分離によるもので、この空隙の大きさが可視光の波長より小さいと、光散乱性が無く高コントラストで、且つポリマーネットワークからのアンカーリング力の影響が強まり立下り時間が短くなり高速応答の液晶表示素子が得られるようになり特に好ましい。 In order to form a polymer network by bimodal decomposition, it is preferable to set the content of at least low molecular liquid crystal to 85% by mass or more, and by using a compound having a high reaction rate of a polymerizable compound, the size is smaller than the wavelength of visible light Is preferable because it generates an infinite number of nuclei of the polymerizable compound to form a nano-order phase separation structure. As a result, when polymerization proceeds in the polymerizable compound phase, depending on the phase separation structure, a polymer network having a gap spacing shorter than the wavelength of visible light is formed, while the voids in the polymer network are due to phase separation of the low molecular weight liquid crystal phase. If the size of the air gap is smaller than the wavelength of visible light, there is no light scattering property and high contrast, and the influence of the anchoring force from the polymer network becomes strong and the falling time becomes short, and a liquid crystal display element with high response speed is obtained. Being particularly preferred.
 バイノーダル分解における重合性化合物相の核生成は、化合物の種類や組合せによる相溶性の変化や、反応速度、温度等のパラメーターに影響され適宜必要に応じて調整することが好ましい。反応速度は、紫外線重合の場合は、重合性化合物の官能基や光開始剤の種類及び含有量、紫外線照射強度によるもので反応性を促進するように紫外線照射条件を適宜調整すればよく、少なくとも20mW/cm以上の紫外線照射強度が好ましい。 Nucleation of the polymerizable compound phase in bimodal decomposition is affected by parameters such as the change in compatibility depending on the type and combination of compounds, the reaction rate, and the temperature, and it is preferable to adjust as necessary. In the case of ultraviolet polymerization, the reaction rate depends on the type and content of the functional group of the polymerizable compound and the photoinitiator, and the ultraviolet irradiation intensity, and the ultraviolet irradiation conditions may be appropriately adjusted to promote the reactivity, An ultraviolet irradiation intensity of 20 mW / cm 2 or more is preferred.
 低分子液晶が85質量%以上では、スピノーダル分解による相分離構造でポリマーネットワークを形成させることが好ましい、スピノーダル分解では周期性のある二相の濃度の揺らぎによる相分離微細構造が得られるので可視光波長より小さい均一な空隙間隔を容易に形成するので好ましい。重合性化合物の割合が15質量%未満ではバイノーダル分解による相分離構造を形成させることが好ましく、15質量%以上ではスピノーダル分解による相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。重合性化合物含有量が増加すると、温度の影響で低分子液晶相と重合性化合物相との二相分離する相転移温度が存在する。二相分離転移温度より高い温度では等方相を示すが、低いと分離が起こり均一な相分離構造が得られず好ましくない。 It is preferable to form a polymer network with a phase separation structure by spinodal decomposition when the low-molecular liquid crystal content is 85% by mass or more, and in spinodal decomposition, a phase-separated fine structure is obtained by fluctuation of the concentration of two phases having periodicity. It is preferable because uniform gap spacing smaller than the wavelength is easily formed. When the proportion of the polymerizable compound is less than 15% by mass, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure by biordal decomposition, and at 15% by mass or more, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure by spinodal decomposition. As the content of the polymerizable compound increases, there is a phase transition temperature at which the low molecular liquid crystal phase and the polymerizable compound phase separate into two phases under the influence of temperature. If the temperature is higher than the two-phase separation transition temperature, an isotropic phase is exhibited.
 温度により二相分離する場合は、二相分離温度より高い温度において相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。上述した何れの場合も、低分子液晶の配向状態と同様の配向状態を保持しながらポリマーネットワークが形成される。形成されたポリマーネットワークは、低分子液晶の配向に倣うように光学異方性を示す。ポリマーネットワーク中の液晶層の形態としては、ポリマーの3次元ネットワーク構造中に液晶組成物が連続層をなす構造、液晶組成物のドロップレットがポリマー中に分散している構造、又は両者が混在する構造、さらに、両基板面を起点にポリマーネットワーク層が存在し、対面基板との中心付近では液晶層のみである構造が挙げられる。何れもの構造もポリマーネットワークの作用により0~90°のプレチルト角が液晶素子基板界面に対して誘起されていることが好ましい。 In the case of two-phase separation by temperature, it is preferable to form a phase separation structure at a temperature higher than the two-phase separation temperature. In any of the above-mentioned cases, a polymer network is formed while maintaining the same alignment state as the alignment state of the low molecular weight liquid crystal. The formed polymer network exhibits optical anisotropy so as to follow the orientation of the low molecular weight liquid crystal. The form of the liquid crystal layer in the polymer network is a structure in which the liquid crystal composition forms a continuous layer in a three-dimensional network structure of the polymer, a structure in which droplets of the liquid crystal composition are dispersed in the polymer, or both of them are mixed. Structure: Furthermore, a structure in which a polymer network layer is present from both substrate surfaces and is only a liquid crystal layer near the center with the facing substrate can be mentioned. In any structure, it is preferable that a pretilt angle of 0 to 90 ° is induced to the liquid crystal element substrate interface by the action of the polymer network.
 形成するポリマーネットワークは、共存する低分子液晶を液晶セルの配向膜が示す配向方向へ配向させる機能を有することが好ましく、さらに、ポリマー界面方向に対して低分子液晶をプレチルトさせる機能を有していることも好ましい。ポリマー界面に対して低分子液晶をプレチルトさせる重合性化合物を導入すると透過率の向上や液晶素子の駆動電圧を低くさせるのに有用で好ましい。また、屈折率異方性を有してもよく、配向方向へ液晶を配向させる機能は、メソゲン基を有する重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。また、電圧を印加しながら紫外線照射等によりポリマーネットワークを形成させてプレチルトを形成させてもよい。 The polymer network to be formed preferably has the function of aligning the coexisting low molecular weight liquid crystal in the alignment direction indicated by the alignment film of the liquid crystal cell, and further has the function of pretilting the low molecular liquid crystal in the polymer interface direction. Is also preferred. It is useful and preferable to introduce a polymerizable compound for pretilting the low molecular weight liquid crystal with respect to the polymer interface for improving the transmittance and lowering the driving voltage of the liquid crystal element. Moreover, it may have refractive index anisotropy, and it is preferable to use the polymeric compound which has a mesogen group for the function to orientate a liquid crystal to an orientation direction. In addition, while applying a voltage, a polymer network may be formed by ultraviolet irradiation or the like to form a pretilt.
 VAモード等の垂直配向セルに対しては垂直配向を誘起するメソゲン基を有しない多価アルキル基、又は多価分岐アルキレン基を有する重合性化合物を用いてもよく、メソゲン基を有する重合性化合物との併用でも好ましい。上述の重合性液晶組成物を用いて相分離重合により垂直配向セル内にポリマーネットワークが形成された場合は、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが液晶セル基板に対して低分子液晶の垂直方向と略同一の方向に形成されていることが好ましい。 For vertical alignment cells such as VA mode, a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent alkyl group having no mesogenic group inducing vertical alignment or a polyvalent branched alkylene group may be used, and a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group It is also preferable to use in combination with When a polymer network is formed in the vertical alignment cell by phase separation polymerization using the above-mentioned polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the fibrous or columnar polymer network is in the direction perpendicular to the liquid crystal cell substrate and the low molecular weight liquid crystal. Preferably, they are formed in substantially the same direction.
 また、セル基板表面にある垂直配向膜に液晶が傾斜配向を誘起するようにラビング処理等を施してプレチルト角を誘起するようにした垂直配向膜が用いられた場合は、プレチルトして配向している低分子液晶と同方向に繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが傾斜して形成されていることが好ましい。ポリマーネットワークの傾斜は、基板界面で自発的に起こるように重合性化合物を選定してもよい。また、電圧を印加して液晶を傾斜配向状態にして紫外線等を照射させてポリマーネットワークを形成させてもよい。 In addition, when a vertical alignment film in which the liquid crystal is subjected to rubbing processing or the like to induce a pretilt angle so as to induce tilt alignment is used on the vertical alignment film on the cell substrate surface, pretilt alignment is performed. It is preferable that a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed to be inclined in the same direction as the low molecular weight liquid crystal. The tilt of the polymer network may be chosen to polymerize to occur spontaneously at the substrate interface. Alternatively, a polymer network may be formed by applying a voltage to bring the liquid crystal into a tilted alignment state and irradiating ultraviolet light or the like.
 さらに、電圧を印加しながらプレチルト角を誘起する方法としては、重合性液晶組成物の閾値電圧よりも0.9V程度低い電圧から2V程度高い電圧の範囲で電圧を印加しながら重合させてもよいし、閾値電圧以上の電圧をポリマーネットワーク形成過程中に数秒~数十秒の短時間印加した後、閾値電圧未満にしてポリマーネットワークを形成させてもよい。繊維状又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが透明基板平面に対して90度~80度のプレチルト角を誘起するように傾斜して形成されるのでより好ましく、90度~85度のプレチルト角が好ましく、89.9度~85度のプレチルト角が好ましく、89.9度~87度のプレチルト角が好ましく、89,9度~88度のプレチルト角が好ましい。何れの方法で形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークは、二枚のセル基板間を連結していることが特徴である。これにより、プレチルト角の熱的安定性が向上して液晶表示素子の信頼性を高められる。 Furthermore, as a method of inducing a pretilt angle while applying a voltage, polymerization may be performed while applying a voltage in a range of about 0.9 V lower than the threshold voltage of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to about 2 V higher. Alternatively, after applying a voltage higher than the threshold voltage for a short time of several seconds to several tens of seconds during the polymer network formation process, the polymer network may be formed below the threshold voltage. 89. More preferable, since a fibrous or columnar polymer network is formed to be inclined so as to induce a pretilt angle of 90 to 80 degrees with respect to the transparent substrate plane, and a pretilt angle of 90 to 85 degrees is preferable, 89. A pretilt angle of 9 degrees to 85 degrees is preferable, a pretilt angle of 89.9 degrees to 87 degrees is preferable, and a pretilt angle of 89, 9 degrees to 88 degrees is preferable. The fibrous or columnar polymer network formed by any method is characterized in connecting between two cell substrates. As a result, the thermal stability of the pretilt angle can be improved, and the reliability of the liquid crystal display element can be enhanced.
 他に、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークを傾斜配向させて形成することにより低分子液晶のプレチルト角を誘起させる方法として、官能基とメソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素原子数が6以上のプレチルト角の誘起角度が小さい二官能アクリレートと官能基と、メソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素原子数が5以上のプレチルト角の誘起角度が大きい二官能アクリレートを組合せ用いる方法が挙げられる。これらの化合物の配合比を調整することにより所望のプレチルト角を界面近傍で誘起させることができる。 In addition, as a method of inducing a pretilt angle of a low molecular weight liquid crystal by forming a fibrous or columnar polymer network by tilt alignment, a carbon atom number of an alkylene group between a functional group and a mesogen group is 6 or more The method using a combination of a bifunctional acrylate having a small pretilt angle induction angle and a functional group, and a bifunctional acrylate having a carbon number of 5 or more carbon atoms of an alkylene group between mesogen groups and having a large induction angle of the pretilt angle. A desired pretilt angle can be induced near the interface by adjusting the compounding ratio of these compounds.
 さらに、IPSやFFSモード等の平行配向セルにおいては、重合性液晶組成物を用いて相分離重合により繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークが液晶セル基板面に有る配向膜の配向方向に対して低分子液晶は平行配向するが、形成された繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークの屈折率異方性又は配向容易軸方向と低分子液晶の配向方向と略同一の方向に形成されていることが好ましい。さらに、繊維状、又は柱状のポリマーネットワークは、低分子液晶が分散している空隙を除いて略セル全体に存在していることがより好ましい。ポリマー界面方向に対して該プレチルト角を誘起させることを目的に、メソゲン基を有しない多価アルキル基、又は多価アルキレン基を有する重合性化合物とメソゲン基を有する重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in a parallel alignment cell such as IPS or FFS mode, a fibrous or columnar polymer network is low relative to the alignment direction of the alignment film on the liquid crystal cell substrate surface by phase separation polymerization using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The molecular liquid crystal is aligned in parallel, but preferably it is formed in the same direction as the refractive index anisotropy or easy alignment axis direction of the formed fibrous or columnar polymer network and the alignment direction of the low molecular liquid crystal . Furthermore, it is more preferable that the fibrous or columnar polymer network is present substantially throughout the cell except for the voids in which the low molecular weight liquid crystal is dispersed. For the purpose of inducing the pretilt angle with respect to the polymer interface direction, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a mesogenic group and a polymerizable compound having a polyvalent alkyl group having no mesogenic group or a polyvalent alkylene group. .
 さらに、電気光学特性は、ポリマーネットワーク界面の表面積、及びポリマーネットワークの空隙間隔に影響されるが、光散乱を起こさないことが重要で、平均空隙間隔を可視光の波長より小さくすることが好ましい。例えば、該界面の表面積を広げて該空隙間隔を小さくさせるにはモノマー組成物含有量を増加させる方法がある。これにより、重合相分離構造が変化して該空隙間隔が微細になることにより該界面の表面積が増加するようにポリマーネットワークが形成され駆動電圧、及び立ち下がり時間が短くなる。重合相分離構造は、重合温度にも影響される。 Furthermore, although the electro-optical properties are influenced by the surface area of the polymer network interface and the void spacing of the polymer network, it is important not to cause light scattering, and it is preferable to make the mean void spacing smaller than the wavelength of visible light. For example, there is a method of increasing the content of the monomer composition in order to widen the surface area of the interface and reduce the gap spacing. Thus, the polymer network is formed such that the surface area of the interface is increased by changing the polymerization phase separation structure and the gap spacing becomes fine, and the driving voltage and the fall time become short. The polymerization phase separation structure is also influenced by the polymerization temperature.
 本実施形態においては、相分離速度を速くして重合させることで微細な空隙を有する相分離構造が得られるようにすることが好ましい。相分離速度は、低分子液晶と重合性化合物との相溶性や重合速度に大きく影響される。化合物の分子構造や含有量に大きく依存するので適宜組成を調整して使用することが好ましい。該相溶性が高い場合は、該重合速度の高い重合性化合物を用いることが好ましく、紫外線重合の場合は、紫外線強度を高めることが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, it is preferable to obtain a phase separation structure having fine voids by polymerizing at a high phase separation rate. The phase separation speed is largely influenced by the compatibility between the low molecular liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound and the polymerization speed. Since the composition largely depends on the molecular structure and the content of the compound, it is preferable to use it by appropriately adjusting the composition. When the compatibility is high, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a high polymerization rate, and in the case of ultraviolet polymerization, it is preferable to increase the ultraviolet intensity.
 また、重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物の含有量を増やすことも好ましい。相溶性が低い場合は、相分離速度は十分に速くなるので液晶素子を作製するのに好ましい。相溶性を低くする方法として、低温で重合させる方法が挙げられる。低温にすると液晶の配向秩序度が上がり、液晶とモノマーの相溶性が下がるため、重合相分離速度を速くすることができる。更に別の方法として、重合性液晶組成物を過冷却状態を示す温度にして重合させる方法も挙げられる。この場合、重合性液晶組成物の融点よりも僅かに低くすればよいので、数度温度を低くするだけで相分離を速くさせることも可能になり好ましい。これらにより、モノマー組成物含有量数十%を液晶へ添加した場合に相当する重合相分離構造、すなわち、立ち下がり時間が短くなるように作用する構造であるポリマーネットワーク界面の表面積が多く該空隙間隔が微細なポリマーネットワーク構造が形成される。したがって、重合性液晶組成物は、立ち下がり時間が短くなるように配向機能、架橋密度、アンカーリング力、空隙間隔、を考慮して重合性液晶組成を適宜調整することが好ましい。 It is also preferable to increase the content of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. When the compatibility is low, the phase separation speed is sufficiently fast, which is preferable for producing a liquid crystal element. As a method of reducing the compatibility, a method of polymerizing at a low temperature can be mentioned. When the temperature is low, the degree of alignment order of the liquid crystal is increased, and the compatibility between the liquid crystal and the monomer is reduced, so that the separation speed of the polymer phase can be increased. Another method is also a method of polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition at a temperature showing a supercooling state. In this case, since the temperature may be slightly lower than the melting point of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is possible to accelerate the phase separation simply by lowering the temperature by several degrees, which is preferable. Thus, the polymer phase separation structure corresponding to the case where a monomer composition content of several tens of% is added to the liquid crystal, that is, the surface area of the polymer network interface which is a structure acting to shorten the fall time Form a fine polymer network structure. Therefore, in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is preferable to appropriately adjust the polymerizable liquid crystal composition in consideration of the alignment function, the crosslink density, the anchoring force, and the gap distance so as to shorten the fall time.
 重合性液晶組成物を用いた液晶素子において、高いコントラストの表示を得るには光散乱が起こらないようにする必要があるが、上述した方法を考慮して目的の電圧-透過率特性、及びスイッチング特性を得られるように相分離構造を制御して適切なポリマーネットワーク層構造を形成させることが重要である。ポリマーネットワーク層構造を具体的に説明すると次のようになる。 In a liquid crystal element using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, it is necessary to prevent light scattering in order to obtain a high contrast display, but in view of the method described above, the target voltage-transmittance characteristics, and switching It is important to control the phase separation structure to form a suitable polymer network layer structure so as to obtain properties. A specific description of the polymer network layer structure is as follows.
<ポリマーネットワーク層連続構造>
 液晶相中に液晶表示素子全面にポリマーネットワーク層が形成され液晶相が連続している構造であって、ポリマーネットワークの配向容易軸や一軸の光学軸が低分子液晶の配向容易軸と略同一方向であることが好ましく、低分子液晶のプレチルト角を誘起するようにポリマーネットワークを形成させることが好ましく、ポリマーネットワークの平均空隙間隔を可視光の波長より小さい大きさで少なくとも450nmより小さくすることにより光散乱は起こらなくなるので好ましい。
<Polymer network layer continuous structure>
The polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element in the liquid crystal phase, and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, and the alignment easy axis of the polymer network or the uniaxial optical axis is substantially the same direction as the alignment easy axis of the low molecular liquid crystal Preferably, the polymer network is formed to induce the pretilt angle of the low molecular weight liquid crystal, and the average gap distance of the polymer network is smaller than the wavelength of visible light by at least 450 nm. It is preferable because scattering does not occur.
 さらに、応答の立下り時間をポリマーネットワークと低分子液晶との相互作用効果(アンカーリング力)により低分子液晶単体の応答時間より短くするには、50nm~450nmの範囲にする事が好ましい。立下り時間が液晶のセル厚の影響が少なくなりセル厚が厚くても薄厚並の立下り時間を示すようにするには、少なくとも平均空隙間隔が下限は200nm付近で且つ上限は450nm付近の範囲に入るようにすることが好ましい。平均空隙間隔を減少させると駆動電圧の増加が課題になるが、駆動電圧の増加を25V以下に抑制して立ち下がり応答時間を短くするには250nm近傍から450nmの範囲に入るようにすればよく、立下り応答時間が約5msecから約1msecの範囲に改善ができるので好ましい。また、駆動電圧が5V程度以内の増加に抑制するには、平均空隙間隔が300nm付近から450nmの範囲にすることが好ましい。さらに、ポリマーネットワークの平均空隙間隔を制御して立下り応答時間を1msec以下の高速応答にすることも可能である。駆動電圧が30V以上に増加する場合があるが、平均空隙間隔を50nm付近から250nm付近の間にすればよく、0.5msec以下にするには50nm近傍から200nm付近にすることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in order to make the fall time of the response shorter than the response time of the low molecular liquid crystal alone by the interaction effect (the anchoring force) of the polymer network and the low molecular liquid crystal, it is preferable to be in the range of 50 nm to 450 nm. In order for the falling time to be reduced by the influence of the cell thickness of the liquid crystal and to show the falling time as thin as possible even if the cell thickness is large, at least the lower limit is about 200 nm and the upper limit is about 450 nm. It is preferable that the If the average gap distance is reduced, the increase in drive voltage becomes an issue, but to suppress the increase in drive voltage to 25 V or less and shorten the fall response time, it is better to fall within the range of around 250 nm to 450 nm. The falling response time can be improved to about 5 msec to about 1 msec, which is preferable. Further, in order to suppress the increase in drive voltage to about 5 V or less, the average gap distance is preferably in the range of about 300 nm to 450 nm. Furthermore, it is also possible to control the average gap distance of the polymer network to make the falling response time a high-speed response of 1 msec or less. The driving voltage may increase to 30 V or more, but the average gap distance may be in the vicinity of 50 nm to 250 nm in order to reduce the time to 0.5 msec or less.
 ポリマーネットワークの平均直径は、平均空隙間隔と相反し、20nmから700nmの範囲にあることが好ましい。重合性化合物の含有量が増えると平均直径は増加する傾向にある。反応性を高くして重合相分離速度を高めるとポリマーネットワークの密度が増加してポリマーネットワークの平均直径が減少するので必要に応じて相分離条件を調整すればよい。重合性化合物含有量が10%以下の場合は、平均直径が20nmから160nmにあることが好ましく、平均空隙間隔が200nmから450nm範囲においては、平均直径が40nmから160nmの範囲であることが好ましい。重合性化合物含有量が10%より大きくなると50nmから700nmの範囲が好ましく、50nmから400nmの範囲がより好ましい。 The mean diameter of the polymer network is preferably in the range of 20 nm to 700 nm, contrary to the mean void spacing. The average diameter tends to increase as the content of the polymerizable compound increases. If the reactivity is increased to increase the polymerization phase separation speed, the density of the polymer network will increase and the average diameter of the polymer network will decrease, so the phase separation conditions may be adjusted as necessary. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% or less, the average diameter is preferably in the range of 20 nm to 160 nm, and in the range of 200 nm to 450 nm, the average diameter is preferably in the range of 40 nm to 160 nm. When the content of the polymerizable compound is more than 10%, the range of 50 nm to 700 nm is preferable, and the range of 50 nm to 400 nm is more preferable.
<ポリマーネットワーク層不連続構造>
 液晶表示素子全面にポリマーネットワーク層が形成され液晶相が連続している構造に対して、重合性化合物含有量が低くなりセル全体にポリマーネットワーク層が被うのに必要な量が不足するとポリマーネットワーク層が不連続に形成される。ポリイミド配向膜等の基板表面の極性が高いと重合性化合物が液晶セル基板界面付近に集まり易く、基板表面からポリマーネットワークが成長して基板界面に付着するようにポリマーネットワーク層が形成され、セル基板表面からポリマーネットワーク層、液晶層、ポリマーネットワーク層、対向基板の順で積層されるように形成される。
<Polymer network layer discontinuous structure>
In contrast to the structure in which the polymer network layer is formed on the entire surface of the liquid crystal display element and the liquid crystal phase is continuous, the polymer network content is low and the polymer network layer is insufficient to cover the entire cell. Layers are formed discontinuously. When the polarity of the substrate surface such as polyimide alignment film is high, the polymerizable compound tends to gather near the liquid crystal cell substrate interface, and a polymer network layer is formed to grow a polymer network from the substrate surface and adhere to the substrate interface. The polymer network layer, the liquid crystal layer, the polymer network layer, and the counter substrate are sequentially stacked in this order from the surface.
 ポリマーネットワーク層/液晶層/ポリマーネットワーク層の積層構造を示し、且つセル断面方向に対して少なくともセル厚の0.5%以上、好ましくは1%以上、より好ましくは5%以上の厚さのポリマーネットワーク層が形成されているとポリマーネットワークと低分子液晶とのアンカーリング力の作用により立下り時間が短くなる効果が発現して好ましい傾向を示す。但し、セル厚の影響が大きくなるのでセル厚を増すと立ち下がり時間が長くなる場合は、ポリマーネットワーク層の厚さを必要に応じて増加させればよい。ポリマーネットワーク層におけるポリマーネットワークの構造は、低分子液晶と配向容易軸や一軸の光学軸が略同一の方向へ揃っていればよく、低分子液晶がプレチルト角を誘起するように形成されていればよい。平均空隙間隔は90nmから450nmの範囲が好ましい。 A laminated structure of polymer network layer / liquid crystal layer / polymer network layer is shown, and a polymer having a thickness of at least 0.5% or more, preferably 1% or more, more preferably 5% or more of the cell thickness in the cell cross section direction When the network layer is formed, the effect of shortening the falling time is exhibited by the action of the anchoring force between the polymer network and the low molecular weight liquid crystal, which is preferable. However, since the influence of the cell thickness becomes large, if the fall time becomes longer as the cell thickness is increased, the thickness of the polymer network layer may be increased as necessary. The structure of the polymer network in the polymer network layer may be such that the low molecular weight liquid crystal and the alignment easy axis and the uniaxial optical axis are aligned in substantially the same direction, and the low molecular weight liquid crystal is formed to induce a pretilt angle. Good. The average gap spacing is preferably in the range of 90 nm to 450 nm.
 例えば、重合性化合物含有量が1質量%から6質量%である場合は、アンカーリング力の高いメソゲン基を有する二官能モノマーを用いることが好ましく、官能基間の距離が短い構造で重合速度が速い二官能モノマーを用いることが好ましく、0℃以下の低温で重合相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。重合性化合物含有量を6質量%から10質量%未満にする場合は、該二官能モノマーとアンカーリング力が低い単官能モノマーとの組み合わせが好ましく、必要に応じて25℃から-20℃の範囲で重合相分離構造を形成させることが好ましい。さらに、該融点が室温以上であれば該融点より5℃程度低くすると低温重合と同様な効果が得られるので好ましい。重合性化合物含有量を10質量%から40質量%にする場合は、ポリマーバインダ、又はポリマーネットワークの影響が低分子液晶の配向や駆動電圧に大きく影響を及ぼし駆動電圧を増大させるので、低分子液晶の配向機能を有し、且つアンカーリング力が比較的弱いメソゲン基を有する重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。例えば、アンカーリング力が弱くメソゲン基を有する重合性化合物は、官能基とメソゲン基の間にあるアルキレン基の炭素数を増やすことが有効で炭素数が5~10が好ましい。また、重合性化合物が30質量%を超えるとポリマーバインダ中に液晶滴が分散した状態になることもあり、この場合でも屈折率異方性を有しているポリマーバインダであって基板面の配向膜が示す配向方向とポリマーバインダの光軸方向が揃うことが好ましい。 For example, when the content of the polymerizable compound is 1% by mass to 6% by mass, it is preferable to use a bifunctional monomer having a mesogen group with high anchoring power, and the structure has a short distance between functional groups and the polymerization rate is It is preferable to use a fast bifunctional monomer, and it is preferable to form a polymer phase separation structure at a low temperature of 0 ° C. or less. When the polymerizable compound content is 6% by mass to less than 10% by mass, a combination of the bifunctional monomer and a monofunctional monomer having low anchoring power is preferable, and the range of 25 ° C. to −20 ° C. is necessary, as necessary. Preferably, the polymer phase separation structure is formed by Furthermore, if the melting point is higher than room temperature, it is preferable to lower the melting point by about 5 ° C. because the same effect as low temperature polymerization can be obtained. When the content of the polymerizable compound is 10% by mass to 40% by mass, the influence of the polymer binder or the polymer network greatly affects the alignment and driving voltage of the low molecular liquid crystal and increases the driving voltage. It is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having an orientation function of and a mesogenic group having a relatively weak anchoring force. For example, in the polymerizable compound having weak anchoring power and having a mesogen group, it is effective to increase the carbon number of the alkylene group between the functional group and the mesogen group, and the carbon number is preferably 5 to 10. When the content of the polymerizable compound exceeds 30% by mass, liquid crystal droplets may be dispersed in the polymer binder, and even in this case, the polymer binder has refractive index anisotropy and the substrate surface is oriented. It is preferable that the alignment direction of the film and the optical axis direction of the polymer binder be aligned.
 重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物の濃度が高いほど、液晶組成物とポリマー界面とのアンカーリング力は大きくなり、τdは高速化する。一方、液晶組成物とポリマー界面とのアンカーリング力は大きくなると、τrは低速化する。τdとτrの和を1.5ms未満とするためには、重合性液晶組成物中の重合性化合物の濃度は、1質量%以上40質量%未満であり、2質量%以上15質量%以下が好ましく、3質量%以上8質量%以下がより好ましい。 The higher the concentration of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the greater the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface, and the faster τd. On the other hand, as the anchoring force between the liquid crystal composition and the polymer interface increases, τr slows down. In order to make the sum of τd and τr less than 1.5 ms, the concentration of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 1% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass, and 2% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less Preferably, 3% by mass or more and 8% by mass or less are more preferable.
 TFT駆動液晶表示素子に用いる場合は、フリッカーの抑制、焼付けによる残像等の信頼性を向上させる必要があり電圧保持率が重要な特性になる。電圧保持率を低下させる原因は、重合性液晶組成物内に含有しているイオン性不純物にあると考えられる。特に、可動イオンが電圧保持率に強く影響を及ぼす。そのため、少なくとも比抵抗を1014Ω・cm以上が得られるように精製処理等を施し可動イオンを取り除くことが好ましい。また、ラジカル重合でポリマーネットワークを形成させると光重合開始剤等から発生するイオン性不純物により電圧保持率が低下する場合があるが、有機酸や低分子の副生成物発生量が少ない重合開始剤を選定することが好ましい。 In the case of using it in a TFT drive liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to improve the reliability of suppression of flicker, residual image due to baking and the like, and the voltage holding ratio becomes an important characteristic. The cause of lowering the voltage holding ratio is considered to be the ionic impurities contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. In particular, mobile ions strongly influence the voltage holding ratio. Therefore, it is preferable to perform purification treatment or the like so as to obtain at least a specific resistance of 10 14 Ω · cm or more to remove mobile ions. In addition, when a polymer network is formed by radical polymerization, the voltage retention may decrease due to ionic impurities generated from a photopolymerization initiator or the like, but a polymerization initiator with a small amount of generated organic acid and low molecular weight byproducts. It is preferable to select
[液晶表示素子]
 上述した重合性液晶組成物は、液晶表示素子に適用される。以下、図1を適宜参照しながら、本実施形態に係る液晶表示素子の例を説明する。
[Liquid crystal display element]
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition described above is applied to a liquid crystal display device. Hereinafter, an example of the liquid crystal display element according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 1 as appropriate.
 図1は、液晶表示素子の構成を模式的に示す図である。図1では、説明のために便宜上、各構成要素を離間させて示している。本実施形態に係る液晶表示素子1は、図1に示すように、対向するように配置された第一基板2及び第二基板3と、第一基板2と第二基板3との間に設けられた液晶層4とを備えており、液晶層4は前述した本実施形態の重合性液晶組成物により構成される。 FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing the structure of a liquid crystal display device. In FIG. 1, the respective components are illustrated separately for convenience of explanation. As shown in FIG. 1, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to the present embodiment is provided between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 and the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 which are disposed to face each other. The liquid crystal layer 4 is composed of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment described above.
 第一基板2には、液晶層4側の面に画素電極層5及び配向膜6が形成されている。第二基板3には、液晶層4側に共通電極層7及び配向膜8が形成されている。第一基板2及び第二基板3は、一対の偏光板9,10により挟持されていてもよい。第二基板3の液晶層4側(第二基板3と共通電極層7との間)には、カラーフィルタ11が更に設けられていてもよい。 The pixel electrode layer 5 and the alignment film 6 are formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. The common electrode layer 7 and the alignment film 8 are formed on the second substrate 3 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 9 and 10. A color filter 11 may be further provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3 (between the second substrate 3 and the common electrode layer 7).
 すなわち、一実施形態に係る液晶表示素子1は、第一偏光板9と、第一基板2と、画素電極層5と、配向膜6と、重合性液晶組成物を含む液晶層4と、配向膜8と、共通電極層9と、カラーフィルタ11と、第二基板3と、第二偏光板10と、がこの順に積層された構成を有している。 That is, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to one embodiment includes the first polarizing plate 9, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the alignment film 6, the liquid crystal layer 4 including the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the alignment. The film 8, the common electrode layer 9, the color filter 11, the second substrate 3, and the second polarizing plate 10 are stacked in this order.
 第一基板2及び第二基板3は、例えばガラス又はプラスチック等の柔軟性をもつ材料で形成されている。第一基板2及び第二基板3の少なくとも一方は透明な材料で形成されており、他方は透明な材料で形成されていても、金属やシリコン等の不透明な材料で形成されていてもよい。第一基板2及び第二基板3は、周縁領域に配置されたエポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール材及び封止材によって互いに貼り合わされていて、その間には基板間距離を保持するために、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子等の粒状スペーサー、又はフォトリソグラフィー法により形成された樹脂からなるスペーサー柱が配置されていてもよい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are formed of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, for example. At least one of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be formed of a transparent material, and the other may be formed of a transparent material or an opaque material such as metal or silicon. The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are bonded to each other by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates For example, particulate spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, and alumina particles, or spacer posts made of a resin formed by photolithography may be disposed.
 配向膜6,8は、液晶層4を構成する重合性液晶組成物と直接接してホモジニアス配向を誘起する一対の配向膜を構成している。配向膜6,8は、例えばポリイミドで形成されている。 The alignment films 6 and 8 constitute a pair of alignment films which are in direct contact with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition constituting the liquid crystal layer 4 to induce homogeneous alignment. The alignment films 6 and 8 are formed of, for example, polyimide.
 第一偏光板9及び第二偏光板10は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラストが良好になるように調整することができ、それらの透過軸がノーマリブラックモードで作動するように、互いに直行する透過軸を有することが好ましい。特に、第一偏光板9及び第二偏光板10のうちいずれかは、電圧無印加時の液晶分子の配向方向と平行な透過軸を有するように配置されることが好ましい。 The first polarizing plate 9 and the second polarizing plate 10 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates, and their transmission axes operate in the normally black mode It is preferable to have transmission axes orthogonal to one another. In particular, any one of the first polarizing plate 9 and the second polarizing plate 10 is preferably arranged to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
 カラーフィルタ11は、光の漏れを防止する観点で、ブラックマトリクスを形成することが好ましく、薄膜トランジスタに対応する部分にブラックマトリクス(図示せず)を形成することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of preventing light leakage, the color filter 11 preferably forms a black matrix, and preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in a portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.
 ブラックマトリクスは、アレイ基板と反対側の基板にカラーフィルタと共に設置されてもよく、アレイ基板側にカラーフィルタと共に設置されてもよく、ブラックマトリクスがアレイ基板に、カラーフィルタがもう一方の基板にそれぞれ別に設置されてもよい。また、ブラックマトリクスは、カラーフィルタと別に設置されてもよいが、カラーフィルタの各色を重ねることで透過率を低下させるものであってもよい。 The black matrix may be placed on the substrate opposite to the array substrate together with the color filter, or may be placed on the array substrate side together with the color filter, the black matrix on the array substrate, and the color filter on the other substrate. It may be installed separately. Also, the black matrix may be installed separately from the color filter, but may be one that reduces the transmittance by overlapping each color of the color filter.
 本実施形態の液晶表示素子は、例えば、第一基板2及び第二基板3上にAl又はその合金等の金属材料をスパッタリングすることにより配線を形成し、画素電極層5及び共通電極層6をそれぞれ形成することができる。また、カラーフィルタ11は、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法又は、染色法等によって作成することができる。顔料分散法によるカラーフィルタの作成方法を一例に説明すると、カラーフィルタ用の硬化性着色組成物を、該透明基板上に塗布し、パターニング処理を施し、そして加熱又は光照射により硬化させる。この工程を、赤、緑、青の3色についてそれぞれ行うことで、カラーフィルタ用の画素部を作成することができる。また、カラーフィルタ9は、TFT等を有する基板側に設置してもよい。 In the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, for example, a wiring is formed by sputtering a metal material such as Al or its alloy on the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3, and the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are formed. Each can be formed. The color filter 11 can be produced, for example, by a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like. A method of producing a color filter by the pigment dispersion method will be described by way of example. A curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to a patterning process, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of three colors of red, green, and blue, it is possible to create a pixel portion for a color filter. Also, the color filter 9 may be installed on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
 第一基板2及び第二基板3は、画素電極層5及び共通電極層6がそれぞれ内側となるように対向させるが、その際にスペーサーを介して、第一基板2及び第二基板3の間隔を調整してもよい。このときは、液晶層4の厚さが、例えば1~100μmとなるように調整するのが好ましい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 face each other such that the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are on the inner side, but at this time, the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 You may adjust the At this time, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 to, for example, 1 to 100 μm.
 偏光板7,8を使用する場合は、コントラストが最大になるように液晶層4の屈折率異方性Δnと液晶層4の厚さとの積を調整することが好ましい。また、二枚の偏光板7,8がある場合は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラトが良好になるように調整することもできる。さらに、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。その後、エポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール剤を、液晶注入口を設けた形で該基板にスクリーン印刷し、該基板同士を貼り合わせ、加熱しシール剤を熱硬化させる。 When the polarizing plates 7 and 8 are used, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so as to maximize the contrast. When two polarizing plates 7 and 8 are provided, the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates can be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle and contrast to be good. Furthermore, retardation films for widening the viewing angle can also be used. Thereafter, a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in a form provided with a liquid crystal injection port, the substrates are bonded to each other, and heating is performed to thermally cure the sealing agent.
 2枚の基板2,3間に組成物を狭持させる方法は、通常の真空注入法又は滴下注入(ODF:One Drop Fill)法等を用いることができるが、真空注入法においては滴下痕が発生しないものの、注入の跡が残る課題を有しているものであるが、本実施形態においては、ODF法を用いて製造する表示素子により好適に使用することができる。ODF法の液晶表示素子製造工程においては、バックプレーン又はフロントプレーンのどちらか一方の基板にエポキシ系光熱併用硬化性などのシール剤を、ディスペンサーを用いて閉ループ土手状に描画し、その中に脱気下で所定量の組成物を滴下後、フロントプレーンとバックプレーンを接合することによって液晶表示素子を製造することができる。本実施形態においては、ODF法において、液晶組成物を基板に滴下した際の滴下痕の発生を抑えることができる。なお、滴下痕とは、黒表示した場合に液晶組成物を滴下した痕が白く浮かび上がる現象と定義する。 As a method of holding the composition between the two substrates 2 and 3, a usual vacuum injection method or one drop fill (ODF) method can be used, but in the vacuum injection method, a drip mark is Although it does not occur, it has a problem that a trace of injection remains, but in the present embodiment, it can be more suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method. In the liquid crystal display device manufacturing process of the ODF method, a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based combination heat and light curing property is drawn on a back plane or front plane substrate in a closed loop shape using a dispenser, and removed therefrom. A liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a backplane after dropping a predetermined amount of composition under air. In the present embodiment, in the ODF method, it is possible to suppress the generation of dripping marks when the liquid crystal composition is dripped on the substrate. In addition, with a dripping mark, when displaying in black, it defines as the phenomenon in which the mark which dripped the liquid-crystal composition floats up white.
 また、ODF法による液晶表示素子の製造工程においては、液晶表示素子のサイズに応じて最適な液晶注入量を滴下する必要があるが、本実施形態の液晶組成物は、例えば、液晶滴下時に生じる滴下装置内の急激な圧力変化や衝撃に対する影響が少なく、長時間にわたって安定的に液晶を滴下し続けることが可能であるため、液晶表示素子の歩留まりを高く保持することもできる。特に、最近流行しているスマートフォンに多用される小型液晶表示素子は、最適な液晶注入量が少ないために最適値からのずれを一定範囲内に制御すること自体が難しいが、本実施形態の液晶組成物を用いることにより、小型液晶表示素子においても安定した液晶材料の吐出量を実現できる。 In addition, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element by the ODF method, it is necessary to drop the optimal liquid crystal injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element, but the liquid crystal composition of this embodiment is produced, for example, at the time of liquid crystal dropping. Since the liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long time with little influence on rapid pressure change and impact in the dropping device, the yield of the liquid crystal display element can be kept high. In particular, small liquid crystal display devices frequently used for smartphones, which are in vogue recently, have difficulty in controlling the deviation from the optimum value within a certain range itself because the optimum liquid crystal injection amount is small, but the liquid crystal of this embodiment By using the composition, it is possible to realize a stable discharge amount of the liquid crystal material even in a small liquid crystal display element.
 液晶表示素子1は、アクティブマトリックス駆動用液晶表示素子であってよい。液晶表示素子1は、好ましくは、TNモード、STNモード、ECBモード、VAモード、IPSモード又はFFSモード用の液晶表示素子である。 The liquid crystal display element 1 may be an active matrix drive liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal display element 1 is preferably a liquid crystal display element for TN mode, STN mode, ECB mode, VA mode, IPS mode or FFS mode.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に詳述するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。以下の実施例及び比較例の組成物における「%」は、「質量%」を意味する。 The present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. "%" In the compositions of the following examples and comparative examples means "% by mass".
 N型液晶組成物として下記(LCN-1)で示される各非重合性液晶化合物を含有する液晶組成物LCN-1(Δn0.103、粘性η15.1mPa・s、Δε-3.8)、下記(LCN-2)で示される各非重合性液晶化合物を含有する液晶組成物LCN-2(Δn0.12、粘性η19mPa・s、Δε-3.3)、及び、下記(LCN-3)で示される各非重合性液晶化合物を含有する液晶組成物LCN-3(Δn0.11、粘性η17mPa・s、Δε-3.2)をそれぞれ調製した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000155
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000156
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000157
A liquid crystal composition LCN-1 (Δn 0.103, viscosity η 15.1 mPa · s, Δε-3.8) containing each non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following (LCN-1) as an N-type liquid crystal composition, Liquid crystal composition LCN-2 (Δn 0.12, viscosity η 19 mPa · s, Δε-3.3) containing each non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by (LCN-2), and the following (LCN-3) Liquid Crystal Composition LCN-3 (.DELTA.n 0.11, viscosity .eta. 17 mPa.s, .DELTA..epsilon. 3.2) containing the respective non-polymerizable liquid crystal compounds was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000155
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000156
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000157
 重合性液晶化合物として、式(V1-1-1)~式(V1-1-2)で表される化合物を用いた。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000158
As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, compounds represented by formulas (V1-1-1) to (V1-1-2) were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000158
 重合性化合物(A)として式(Vn-2-1)で表される化合物を、その比較対象として式(Vn-2-2)で表される化合物をそれぞれ用いた。式(Vn-2-1)の化合物は、350nm付近及び430nm付近に吸収ピーク(第2の吸収波長)があり、この付近の波長の光を吸収するとシス-トランス異性化反応を起こす。式(Vn-2-2)の化合物は350nm付近に吸収ピーク(第2の吸収波長)があり、この付近の波長の光を吸収するとシス-トランス異性化反応を起こす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000159
As the polymerizable compound (A), a compound represented by the formula (Vn-2-1) was used, and as a comparative object, a compound represented by the formula (Vn-2-2) was used. The compound of the formula (Vn-2-1) has absorption peaks (second absorption wavelength) near 350 nm and 430 nm, and when it absorbs light of a wavelength near this, it causes cis-trans isomerization reaction. The compound of the formula (Vn-2-2) has an absorption peak (second absorption wavelength) near 350 nm, and when it absorbs light of a wavelength near this, it causes a cis-trans isomerization reaction.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000159
 光重合開始剤として、Irgacure651を用いた。Irgacure651は、340nm付近に吸収ピークがあり、この付近の光を吸収するとラジカルを発生して重合性化合物(モノマー)の重合を誘起する。 Irgacure 651 was used as a photoinitiator. Irgacure 651 has an absorption peak at around 340 nm, and when it absorbs light in the vicinity, it generates radicals to induce polymerization of a polymerizable compound (monomer).
(実施例1)
 N型液晶組成物として液晶組成物LCN-2、重合性液晶化合物として式(V1-1-1)で表される化合物、及び、重合性化合物(A)として式(Vn-2-1)で表される化合物をそれぞれ表1に示す割合で含有する重合性液晶組成物A-1を調製した。この時、光重合開始剤Irgacure651を重合性液晶化合物(V1-1-1)及び重合性化合物(Vn-2-1)の総量に対して2%となるように含有させた。すなわち、重合性液晶組成物A-1は、340nm付近の光を吸収すること(第1の吸収波長)により重合可能である。重合性液晶組成物A-1は均一に溶解しており、ネマチック液晶相を示していることを確認した。
Example 1
A liquid crystal composition LCN-2 as an N-type liquid crystal composition, a compound represented by the formula (V1-1-1) as a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a formula (Vn-2-1) as a polymerizable compound (A) A polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 containing the compounds to be represented in the proportions shown in Table 1 was prepared. At this time, the photopolymerization initiator Irgacure 651 was contained in an amount of 2% with respect to the total amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (V1-1-1) and the polymerizable compound (Vn-2-1). That is, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 can be polymerized by absorbing light in the vicinity of 340 nm (first absorption wavelength). It was confirmed that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was uniformly dissolved, and exhibited a nematic liquid crystal phase.
(実施例2~3)
 液晶組成物LCN-2に代えて、液晶組成物LCN-1又はLCN-3を用い、重合性液晶化合物として式(V1-1-2)で表される化合物を用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして重合性液晶組成物A-2及びA-3をそれぞれ調製した。これらの重合性液晶組成物は均一に溶解しており、ネマチック液晶相を示していることを確認した。
(Examples 2 to 3)
A liquid crystal composition LCN-1 or LCN-3 was used instead of the liquid crystal composition LCN-2, and Example 1 was used except that a compound represented by Formula (V1-1-2) was used as a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Polymeric liquid crystal compositions A-2 and A-3 were prepared in the same manner as in the above. It was confirmed that these polymerizable liquid crystal compositions were uniformly dissolved and exhibited a nematic liquid crystal phase.
(参考例1)
 重合性化合物(A)として、式(Vn-2-1)で表される化合物に代えて、式(Vn-2-2)で表される化合物を用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして重合性液晶組成物B-1を調製した。重合性液晶組成物B-1は均一に溶解しており、ネマチック液晶相を示していることを確認した。
(Reference Example 1)
The same as Example 1, except that the compound represented by Formula (Vn-2-2) was used instead of the compound represented by Formula (Vn-2-1) as the polymerizable compound (A) Thus, a polymerizable liquid crystal composition B-1 was prepared. It was confirmed that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition B-1 was uniformly dissolved, and exhibited a nematic liquid crystal phase.
(参考例2~3)
 液晶組成物LCN-2に代えて、液晶組成物LCN-1又はLCN-3を用いた以外は、参考例1と同様にして重合性液晶組成物B-2及びB-3をそれぞれ調製した。これらの重合性液晶組成物は均一に溶解しており、ネマチック液晶相を示していることを確認した。
(Reference Examples 2 to 3)
Polymerizable liquid crystal compositions B-2 and B-3 were respectively prepared in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 except that liquid crystal composition LCN-1 or LCN-3 was used instead of liquid crystal composition LCN-2. It was confirmed that these polymerizable liquid crystal compositions were uniformly dissolved and exhibited a nematic liquid crystal phase.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000160
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000160
(実施例4)
 ITO透明電極の上に、垂直配向(ホメオトロピック配向)が得られるポリイミド配向膜を形成し、プレチルト角が5°になるようにラビング処理を施したアンチパラレル配向の一穴液晶セル(セルギャップ3μm)を用意した。このセルに重合性液晶組成物A-1を真空注入した。その後、注入口を封口剤3026E(スリーボンド社製)で封止した。
(Example 4)
A polyimide alignment film capable of obtaining vertical alignment (homeotropic alignment) is formed on an ITO transparent electrode, and anti-parallel alignment single-hole liquid crystal cell (cell gap 3 μm) which has been rubbed to have a pretilt angle of 5 °. Prepared. The polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was vacuum injected into this cell. Thereafter, the inlet was sealed with a sealant 3026E (manufactured by Three Bond).
 次に、超高圧水銀ランプを光源とし、フィルターHA-50、B-390とL-42(ホーヤ カンデオ オプトロニクス社製)を通した波長436nm、強度6.9mW/cmの平行光を液晶セル基板法線方向から25°傾いた方向から300秒間照射した。続いて、超高圧水銀ランプを光源とし、フィルターHA-50とU-360(ホーヤ カンデオ オプトロニクス社製)を通した波長366nm、強度2mW/cmの平行光を液晶セル基板法線方向から600秒間照射した。これにより、重合性液晶組成物に溶解している重合性化合物を重合させて、VAモードの液晶表示素子を得た。直交する二枚の偏光板の間に作製したセルを置くと黒くなりセルを方位角方向へ回転しても暗視野が変化せず、ポリマーネットワークの光軸方向と液晶配向容易軸方向が同一方向であることを確認した。 Next, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp as a light source, collimated light having a wavelength of 436 nm and an intensity of 6.9 mW / cm 2 passing through filters HA-50, B-390 and L-42 (Hoya Candeo Optronics) Irradiation was performed for 300 seconds from a direction inclined 25 ° from the normal direction. Subsequently, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp as a light source, collimated light having a wavelength of 366 nm and an intensity of 2 mW / cm 2 passing through filters HA-50 and U-360 (manufactured by Hoya Candeo Optronics) for 600 seconds from the normal direction of the liquid crystal cell substrate. Irradiated. Thus, the polymerizable compound dissolved in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition was polymerized to obtain a VA mode liquid crystal display element. When a fabricated cell is placed between two crossed polarizing plates, it becomes black and the dark field does not change even if the cell is rotated in the azimuthal direction, and the optical axis direction of the polymer network and the liquid crystal alignment easy axis direction are the same direction It was confirmed.
 このようにして作製した液晶セルに60Hzの矩形波を印加して、電圧-透過率特性、プレチルト角及び応答時間を測定した。電圧-透過率特性において、V90は駆動電圧を表し、透過率全変化量に対して透過率が全変化量のうち90%変化させるのに必要な電圧である。T100は、最大透過率で表示の明るさを表す。立上り時間は、OFF状態からON状態にするのに必要な時間で、立下り時間はON状態からOFF状態へ戻る時間を表し、各応答時間は、V90の100Hz矩形波のバースト波1秒間印加した場合の透過率変化に基づいて測定した。得られた液晶セルの特性を表2に示す。 A rectangular wave of 60 Hz was applied to the liquid crystal cell produced in this manner, and voltage-transmittance characteristics, pretilt angle and response time were measured. In the voltage-transmittance characteristic, V90 represents a drive voltage, which is a voltage required to change the transmittance by 90% of the total change with respect to the total change of the transmittance. T100 represents the brightness of the display at the maximum transmittance. The rise time is the time required to switch from the OFF state to the ON state, and the fall time represents the time to return from the ON state to the OFF state, and each response time was applied for 1 second of burst wave of 100 Hz square wave of V90. It measured based on the transmittance | permeability change of case. The characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal cell are shown in Table 2.
(実施例5~6)
 重合性液晶組成物A-1を重合性液晶組成物A-2又はA-3に変更した以外は、実施例4と同様にして、液晶セルの作製及び評価を行った。得られた液晶セルの特性を表2に示す。
(Examples 5 to 6)
A liquid crystal cell was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was changed to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2 or A-3. The characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal cell are shown in Table 2.
(参考例4~6)
 重合性液晶組成物A-1を重合性液晶組成物B-1、B-2又はB-3に変更した以外は、それぞれ実施例4と同様にして、液晶セルの作製及び評価を行った。得られた液晶セルの特性を表2に示す。
(Reference Examples 4 to 6)
A liquid crystal cell was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was changed to the polymerizable liquid crystal composition B-1, B-2 or B-3. The characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal cell are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000161
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000161
 実施例4~6と参考例4~6との比較から、シス-トランス異性化を起こす第2の吸収波長を有する重合性化合物(A)を用いると、透過率(T100)を改善できることがわかる。より詳細には、430nm付近に吸収を持つ重合性化合物(Vn-2-1)を添加した実施例4~6では、430nm付近に吸収を持たない重合性化合物(Vn-2-2)を添加した参考例4~6に比べて、良好な透過率が得られた。チルト角に差は見られなかったことから、透過率が向上したのは、436nmの光を照射することによってチルトが増大し、傾く方向が規定されたためではなく、UV露光の前に436nmの光を予め照射することにより、重合性化合物(A)のシス体からトランス体への光異性化が優位になり、その結果として液晶の秩序度が高くなったためと考えられる。顕微鏡観察でも、実施例4で得られた液晶セルの方が、参考例4で得られた液晶セルよりも微小な配向乱れが少なかった。これは、上記の推測を支持しているといえる。 From the comparison of Examples 4 to 6 and Reference Examples 4 to 6, it is understood that the transmittance (T100) can be improved by using the polymerizable compound (A) having the second absorption wavelength causing cis-trans isomerization. . More specifically, in Examples 4 to 6 in which the polymerizable compound (Vn-2-1) having an absorption at around 430 nm was added, the polymerizable compound (Vn-2-2) having no absorption at around 430 nm was added Favorable transmittance was obtained as compared with Reference Examples 4 to 6 described above. Since no difference was found in the tilt angle, the transmittance was improved not because the tilt was increased by irradiating the light of 436 nm but the direction of tilt was defined, but the light of 436 nm before UV exposure. It is considered that the photoisomerization from the cis form to the trans form of the polymerizable compound (A) becomes dominant by irradiating in advance, and as a result, the degree of order of the liquid crystal becomes high. Also in the microscopic observation, the liquid crystal cell obtained in Example 4 had less minor alignment disorder than the liquid crystal cell obtained in Reference Example 4. This can be said to support the above guess.
 一方、実施例4及び参考例4のそれぞれにおいて、436nmの光を照射せず、また、366nmの光の照射方向を液晶セル基板の法線方向に変更すると、前者では、チルト角は5.2°、V90は18.0V、T100は71.4%、立下り時間は1.4ms、立上り時間は1.2msであり、後者では、チルト角は5.2°、V90は18.8V、T100は71.5%、立下り時間は1.3ms、立上り時間は1.2msであった。また、実施例4及び参考例4のそれぞれにおいて、436nmの光を照射しないと、前者では、チルト角は7.0°、V90は15.5V、T100は74.9%、立下り時間は1.9ms、立上り時間は1.7msであり、後者では、チルト角は7.1°、V90は15.6V、T100は75.0%、立下り時間は1.9ms、立上り時間は1.6msであった。このような結果も、436nmの光の照射による重合性化合物(A)のシス-トランス異性化に起因して、実施例4~6では優れた透過率が得られているとの上記の推測を支持している。なお、セル基板法線方向に対し25°傾斜して角度で366nmの光を照射した場合に、法線方向から照射した場合と比較して、透過率が約3.5%改善したが、これは、傾斜配向によって、プレチルト角が約7°に変化し、電界で液晶分子が傾く方向が規定されたためであると考えることができる。 On the other hand, in each of Example 4 and Reference Example 4, when the irradiation direction of 366 nm light is changed to the normal direction of the liquid crystal cell substrate without irradiating the light of 436 nm, the tilt angle is 5.2 in the former. °, V90 18.0 V, T100 71.4%, fall time 1.4 ms, rise time 1.2 ms, the latter, tilt angle 5.2 °, V90 18.8 V, T100 Was 71.5%, the fall time was 1.3 ms, and the rise time was 1.2 ms. In each of Example 4 and Reference Example 4, in the former case, the tilt angle is 7.0 °, V90 is 15.5 V, T100 is 74.9%, and the fall time is 1 when the light of 436 nm is not irradiated. .9 ms, rise time is 1.7 ms, tilt angle is 7.1 °, V90 is 15.6 V, T100 is 75.0%, fall time is 1.9 ms, rise time is 1.6 ms. Met. Such a result also indicates that the above-described assumption that excellent transmittance is obtained in Examples 4 to 6 due to cis-trans isomerization of the polymerizable compound (A) by irradiation of 436 nm light. I support it. In the case where light of 366 nm is irradiated at an angle of 25 ° with respect to the normal direction of the cell substrate, the transmittance is improved by about 3.5% as compared with the case of irradiation from the normal direction. It can be considered that the tilt alignment changes the pretilt angle to about 7 ° and defines the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules are tilted by the electric field.
 1…液晶表示素子、2…第一基板、3…第二基板、4…液晶層、5…画素電極層、6,8…配向膜、7…共通電極層、9…第一偏光板、10…第二偏光板、11…カラーフィルタ。 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Liquid crystal display element, 2 ... 1st board | substrate, 3 ... 2nd board | substrate, 4 ... Liquid crystal layer, 5 ... Pixel electrode layer, 6, 8 ... Alignment film, 7 ... Common electrode layer, 9 ... 1st polarizing plate, 10 ... second polarizing plate, 11 ... color filter.

Claims (9)

  1.  重合性化合物と、非重合性液晶化合物とを含有し、第1の吸収波長を含む光により重合可能な重合性液晶組成物であって、
     前記重合性化合物は、前記第1の吸収波長より20nm以上長い第2の吸収波長を含む光によりシス-トランス異性化を起こす、重合性液晶組成物。
    A polymerizable liquid crystal composition comprising a polymerizable compound and a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound, which can be polymerized by light containing a first absorption wavelength,
    The polymerizable liquid crystal composition, wherein the polymerizable compound causes cis-trans isomerization by light including a second absorption wavelength longer than the first absorption wavelength by 20 nm or more.
  2.  前記第1の吸収波長が380nm以下である、請求項1に記載の重合性液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the first absorption wavelength is 380 nm or less.
  3.  前記第2の吸収波長が410nm以上である、請求項1又は2に記載の重合性液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, wherein the second absorption wavelength is 410 nm or more.
  4.  前記第2の吸収波長が、前記第1の吸収波長より30nm以上長い、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の重合性液晶組成物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the second absorption wavelength is 30 nm or more longer than the first absorption wavelength.
  5.  前記重合性化合物として、下記式(M-1)で表される化合物を含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [式中、
     環A及び環Bは、それぞれ独立して、1,4-シクロヘキシル基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表し、これらの基中に存在する水素原子は炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
     X11は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
     Sp11は、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CHs11-(s11は2~12の整数を表し、酸素原子は環Aに結合するものとする。)を表し、
     n11及びn12は、それぞれ独立して0~2の整数を表し、n11+n12は0~2の整数であり、
     Z11及びZ13は、それぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-C≡C-、又は単結合を表し、
     Z12は、-CY15=CY16-、-CH=N-、-N=CY17-(Y15、Y16及びY17は、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)、又は-N=N-を表し、
     Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表すが、Y11、Y12、Y13及びY14の少なくとも一つは、塩素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
     R11は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、イソシアノ基、チオイソシアノ基、下記式(M-1-1)で表される基、又は炭素原子数1~12の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換されてもよい。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、Sp12は、単結合、炭素原子数1~12のアルキレン基又は-O-(CHs12-(s12は2~12の整数を表し、酸素原子は環Bに結合するものとする。)を表す。)]
    The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, containing a compound represented by the following formula (M-1) as the polymerizable compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [In the formula,
    Ring A and ring B each independently represent 1,4-cyclohexyl group or 1,4-phenylene group, and a hydrogen atom present in these groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group And may be substituted with a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    X 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    Sp 11 is a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s11- (s11 represents an integer of 2 to 12, and an oxygen atom is to be bonded to ring A) Represents
    n 11 and n 12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and n 11 + n 12 is an integer of 0 to 2,
    Z 11 and Z 13 are each independently -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 -,- CF 2 CF 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - CH = CH-OCO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO- CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO -, - COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, -C≡C-, or a single bond,
    Z 12 is, -CY 15 = CY 16 -, - CH = N -, - N = CY 17 - (. Y 15, Y 16 and Y 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom), or Represents -N = N-,
    Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom, but at least one of Y 11 , Y 12 , Y 13 and Y 14 is a chlorine atom or Represents a fluorine atom,
    R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an isocyano group, a thioisocyano group, and the following formula (M-1-1) Or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- present in the alkyl group are each independently- O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO- -CH = CH-COO-, -CH = CH-OCO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCO-CH = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C- May be replaced by
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (Wherein, Sp 12 represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or -O- (CH 2 ) s12- (s12 represents an integer of 2 to 12, and an oxygen atom is bonded to ring B Represents)))]
  6.  前記非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(L)で表される化合物を含有する、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の重合性液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [式中、
     RL1及びRL2は、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中に存在する1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
     nL1は、0、1、2又は3を表し、
     AL1、AL2及びAL3は、それぞれ独立して、
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
     ZL1及びZL2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、又は-C≡C-を表し、
     nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nL1が2又は3であってZL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    The polymerizable liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which contains a compound represented by the following formula (L) as the non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [In the formula,
    R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- present in the alkyl group are independently of each other And may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
    n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3 and
    A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently
    (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
    (B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =) and (c) ) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1, One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N =)
    And hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b) and (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom ,
    Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF-, or -C≡C-
    When n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of AL 2, they may be the same or different from each other, and when n L1 is 2 or 3 and there are a plurality of Z L2 , They may be identical to or different from one another. )
  7.  前記非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(N-1)、(N-2)、(N-3)又は(N-4)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物を含有する、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [式中、
     RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31、RN32、RN41及びRN42は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
     AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31、AN32、AN41及びAN42は、それぞれ独立して、
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)、
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
    (d) 1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)、基(c)及び基(d)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていてもよく、
     ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31、ZN32、ZN41及びZN42は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-、又は-C≡C-を表し、
     XN21は、水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
     TN31は、-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
     XN41は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は-CH-を表し、
     YN41は、単結合又は-CH-を表し、
     nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31、nN32、nN41、及びnN42は、それぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は、それぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32及びZN11~ZN32がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nN41+nN42は0~3の整数を表すが、AN41、AN42、ZN41及びZN42がそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。]
    As the non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (N-1), (N-2), (N-3) or (N-4) The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which contains the liquid crystal composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [In the formula,
    R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 , R N32 , R N41 and R N42 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or more of the alkyl groups described above Two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -are each independently substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO- May be
    A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 , A N32 , A N41 and A N42 are each independently
    (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
    (B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =),
    (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N = And d) represent a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are Independently, it may be substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31, Z N32, Z N41 and Z N42 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O - , - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF-, Or -C≡C-,
    X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
    T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom,
    X N41 represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or -CH 2- ,
    Y N41 represents a single bond or -CH 2- ;
    n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 , n N32 , n N41 and n N42 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N21 N31 + n N32 is each independently 1, 2 or 3, and when there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be identical to or different from each other, n N41 + n N42 represents an integer of 0 to 3, but when a plurality of A N41 , A N42 , Z N41 and Z N42 exist, they may be identical to or different from each other. ]
  8.  前記非重合性液晶化合物として、下記式(J)で表される化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物を含有する、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    [式中、
     RJ1は、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は、それぞれ独立して、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
     nJ1は、0、1、2、3又は4を表し、
     AJ1、AJ2及びAJ3は、それぞれ独立して、
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置換されていてもよい。)、
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)及び
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置換されていてもよい。)
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)中の水素原子は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はトリフルオロメトキシ基で置換されていてもよく、
     ZJ1及びZJ2は、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-COO-、-OCO-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     nJ1が2、3又は4であってAJ2が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、nJ1が2、3又は4であってZJ1が複数存在する場合は、それらは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     XJ1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロメトキシ基、ジフルオロメトキシ基、トリフルオロメトキシ基又は2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基を表す。]
    The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (J) as the non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    [In the formula,
    R J1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- in the alkyl group are each independently -CH = CH-,- It may be substituted by C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
    n J1 represents 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
    A J1 , A J2 and A J3 are each independently
    (A) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (this is present in the group one -CH 2 - or nonadjacent two or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with -O-.) ,
    (B) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = may be substituted by -N =) and (c) ) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1, One -CH = or two or more non-adjacent -CH = present in the 2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be substituted by -N =)
    And hydrogen atoms in the groups (a), (b) and (c) are each independently a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group It may be substituted by a group or trifluoromethoxy group,
    Z J1 and Z J2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O -, -COO-, -OCO- or -C≡C-,
    When n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of A J2 , they may be the same or different from each other, and n J1 is 2, 3 or 4 and there are a plurality of Z J1 If so, they may be identical or different from one another.
    X J1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group. ]
  9.  二つの基板と、該二つの基板の間に設けられた、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の液晶組成物を含む液晶層と、を備える液晶表示素子であって、
     TNモード、STNモード、ECBモード、VAモード、IPSモード又はFFSモード用液晶表示素子。
    A liquid crystal display device comprising: two substrates; and a liquid crystal layer comprising the liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8 provided between the two substrates,
    Liquid crystal display element for TN mode, STN mode, ECB mode, VA mode, IPS mode or FFS mode.
PCT/JP2018/039168 2017-10-24 2018-10-22 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element WO2019082839A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019551114A JP7092311B2 (en) 2017-10-24 2018-10-22 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017205228 2017-10-24
JP2017-205228 2017-10-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019082839A1 true WO2019082839A1 (en) 2019-05-02

Family

ID=66246913

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/039168 WO2019082839A1 (en) 2017-10-24 2018-10-22 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7092311B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2019082839A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021066781A (en) * 2019-10-21 2021-04-30 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition for light-scattering type liquid crystal element, and light-scattering type liquid crystal element using the liquid crystal composition for light-scattering type liquid crystal element

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11237612A (en) * 1998-02-19 1999-08-31 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd High polymer dispersed liquid crystal element and its production
JP2002241757A (en) * 2000-12-18 2002-08-28 Asulab Sa Chiral doping agent for introducing variable spiral pitch and usage of the agent for reflection color display
JP2006309181A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-11-09 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Liquid crystal orientated film manufacturing method, and its tilt angle reducing method
JP2007017960A (en) * 2005-06-08 2007-01-25 Fujifilm Holdings Corp Composition for nonlinear optical material, optical member, nonlinear optical material and manufacturing method of the same
WO2013103153A1 (en) * 2012-01-06 2013-07-11 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing same
JP2014224237A (en) * 2013-04-17 2014-12-04 Jnc株式会社 Polymerizable compound having conjugated bond, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
CN104910040A (en) * 2015-05-20 2015-09-16 苏州大学 Methacrylate containing ortho-tetrafluoroazobenzene structure, polymer thereof, and preparation method and application thereof
WO2017026272A1 (en) * 2015-08-11 2017-02-16 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11237612A (en) * 1998-02-19 1999-08-31 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd High polymer dispersed liquid crystal element and its production
JP2002241757A (en) * 2000-12-18 2002-08-28 Asulab Sa Chiral doping agent for introducing variable spiral pitch and usage of the agent for reflection color display
JP2006309181A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-11-09 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Liquid crystal orientated film manufacturing method, and its tilt angle reducing method
JP2007017960A (en) * 2005-06-08 2007-01-25 Fujifilm Holdings Corp Composition for nonlinear optical material, optical member, nonlinear optical material and manufacturing method of the same
WO2013103153A1 (en) * 2012-01-06 2013-07-11 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing same
JP2014224237A (en) * 2013-04-17 2014-12-04 Jnc株式会社 Polymerizable compound having conjugated bond, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
CN104910040A (en) * 2015-05-20 2015-09-16 苏州大学 Methacrylate containing ortho-tetrafluoroazobenzene structure, polymer thereof, and preparation method and application thereof
WO2017026272A1 (en) * 2015-08-11 2017-02-16 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
IAMSAARD SUPITCHAYA ET AL.: "Fluorinated Azobenzenes for Shape-Persistent Liquid Crystal Polymer", ANGEWANDTE CHEMIE INTERNATIONAL EDITION, vol. 55, no. 34, 2016, pages 9908 - 9912, XP055596827 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021066781A (en) * 2019-10-21 2021-04-30 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition for light-scattering type liquid crystal element, and light-scattering type liquid crystal element using the liquid crystal composition for light-scattering type liquid crystal element
JP7388123B2 (en) 2019-10-21 2023-11-29 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition for a light-scattering liquid crystal element, and a light-scattering liquid crystal element using the liquid crystal composition for a light-scattering liquid crystal element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019082839A1 (en) 2020-11-19
JP7092311B2 (en) 2022-06-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6547907B2 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition, compound suitable for the spontaneous alignment aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display device
JP6690782B2 (en) Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
JP6660560B2 (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6891704B2 (en) Polymerizable compounds and liquid crystal display devices using them
JP7298136B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2019003936A1 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
US20160289565A1 (en) Polymerizable-compound-containing liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2018084019A1 (en) Spontaneous orientation aid for liquid crystal composition
JP2020052305A (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6808916B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element
JP6318528B2 (en) Liquid crystal / polymer composite material, optical element, method for manufacturing optical element, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal / polymer composite material
JPWO2019078016A1 (en) Nematic liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6699799B2 (en) Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device using the same
WO2020044833A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition
JP7092311B2 (en) Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP6849151B2 (en) Polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element, and polymerizable compound
JP7472607B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
TWI721763B (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP7472606B2 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
WO2021171335A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2016076192A1 (en) Mixture, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
TW202028436A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP2021161318A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
JP2021017475A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN113495379A (en) Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18870400

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019551114

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18870400

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1